Chapters in this book

105 of 105 chapters

188 hadiths · Full book

Chapter 1

The Takbīr When Standing Up Following Two Rak'ahs

Hadith 1180

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1180. It was narrated that 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Al-Aṣamm said: "Anas bin Mālik was asked about the Takbīr in the prayer. He said: 'The Takbīr should be said when bowing, when prostrating, when raising one's head from prostration and when standing up following the first two Rak'ahs.' Ḥuṭaim[1] said: 'From whom did you learn this?' He said: 'From the Prophet ﷺ, Abū Bakr and 'Umar, may Allāh be pleased with them.' Then he fell silent and Ḥuṭaim said to him: 'And 'Uthmān?' He said: 'And 'Uthmān.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1179 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَصَمِّ قَالَ: سُئِلَ أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ عَنِ التَّكْبِيرِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَقَالَ: «يُكَبِّرُ إِذَا رَكَعَ، وَإِذَا سَجَدَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ السُّجُودِ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ»، فَقَالَ حُطَيْمٌ: عَمَّنْ تَحْفَظُ هَذَا؟ فَقَالَ: عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَبِي بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، ثُمَّ سَكَتَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ حُطَيْمٌ: وَعُثْمَانُ؟ قَالَ: وَعُثْمَانُ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1180

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1180

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1181

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1181. It was narrated that Muṭarrif bin 'Abdullāh said: "Alī bin Abī Ṭālib prayed, and he said the Takbîr every time he went down and came up, in all movements of the prayer. 'Imrân bin Ḥuṣain said: 'This reminds me of the prayer of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.'"(Sahîh)

Arabic text

1180 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا غَيْلَانُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّى عَلِيُّ بْنُ أَبِي طَالِبٍ، فَكَانَ «يُكَبِّرُ فِي كُلِّ خَفْضٍ، وَرَفْعٍ يُتِمُّ التَّكْبِيرَ»، فَقَالَ عِمْرَانُ بْنُ حُصَيْنٍ: لَقَدْ ذَكَّرَنِي هَذَا صَلَاةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Footnotes

1 [1] Who was present when Anas narrated it.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1181

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1181

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 2

Raising The Hands When Standing For The Last Two Rak'ahs

Hadith 1182

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1182. It was narrated from Abū Humaid As-Sā'idī that when the Prophet ﷺ stood up following two prostrations, he would say the Takbîr and raise his hands until they were in level with his shoulders, as he had done at the beginning of the prayer. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1181 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدَّوْرَقِيُّ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، وَاللَّفْظُ لَهُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُهُ يُحَدِّثُ قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ كَبَّرَ وَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى يُحَاذِيَ بِهِمَا مَنْكِبَيْهِ كَمَا صَنَعَ حِينَ افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1182

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1182

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 3

Raising The Hands In Level With The Shoulders When Standing For The Last Two Rak'ahs

Hadith 1183

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1183. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that the Prophet ﷺ used to raise his hands when he began to pray, when he wanted to bow, when he raised his head from bowing, and when he stood up after the first two Rak'ahs, he would raise his hands likewise, level with the shoulders. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1182 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى الصَّنْعَانِيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعْتَمِرُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عُبَيْدَ اللَّهِ وَهُوَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهُ «كَانَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا دَخَلَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَإِذَا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، وَإِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ كَذَلِكَ حَذْوَ الْمَنْكِبَيْنِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1183

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1183

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 4

Raising The Hands, And Praising And Extolling Allâh During The Prayer

Hadith 1184

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1184. It was narrated that Sahl bin Sa'd said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ set out to bring about reconciliation among Banu 'Amr bin 'Awf. The time for prayer came, and the Mu'adhhdhin went to Abû Bakr to tell him to gather the people and lead them in prayer. Then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came and passed through the rows until he stood in the first row. The people started clapping to let Abû Bakr know that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ had come. Abû Bakr never used to turn around when he prayed, but when they clapped consistently he realized that something must have happened while they were praying. So he turned around, and saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ. The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ gestured to him to stay where he was. Abû Bakr raised his hands and praised and thanked Allāh for what the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ had said. Then he moved backwards, and the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ went forward and prayed. When he finished, he said to Abū Bakr: 'What stopped you from continuing to pray when I gestured to you?' Abū Bakr, may Allāh be pleased with him, said: 'It was not appropriate for the son of Abū Quḥāfah to lead the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ in prayer.' Then he said to the people: 'Why did you clap? Clapping is for women.' Then he said: 'If you notice something when you are praying, say "Subḥan Allāh." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1183 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ بَزِيعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْأَعْلَى بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ وَهُوَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنْ أَبِي حَازِمٍ، عَنْ سَهْلِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ قَالَ: انْطَلَقَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصْلِحُ بَيْنَ بَنِي عَمْرِو بْنِ عَوْفٍ، فَحَضَرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، فَجَاءَ الْمُؤَذِّنُ إِلَى أَبِي بَكْرٍ فَأَمَرَهُ أَنْ يَجْمَعَ النَّاسَ وَيَؤُمَّهُمْ، فَجَاءَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَخَرَقَ الصُّفُوفَ حَتَّى قَامَ فِي الصَّفِّ الْمُقَدَّمِ، وَصَفَّحَ النَّاسُ بِأَبِي بَكْرٍ لِيُؤْذِنُوهُ بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَكَانَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ لَا يَلْتَفِتُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَلَمَّا أَكْثَرُوا عَلِمَ أَنَّهُ قَدْ نَابَهُمْ شَيْءٌ فِي صَلَاتِهِمْ، فَالْتَفَتَ فَإِذَا هُوَ بِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَوْمَأَ إِلَيْهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَيْ كَمَا أَنْتَ، فَرَفَعَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ يَدَيْهِ فَحَمِدَ اللَّهَ وَأَثْنَى عَلَيْهِ لِقَوْلِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ رَجَعَ الْقَهْقَرَى، وَتَقَدَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَصَلَّى، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ قَالَ لِأَبِي بَكْرٍ: «مَا مَنَعَكَ إِذْ أَوْمَأْتُ إِلَيْكَ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ؟» فَقَالَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: مَا كَانَ يَنْبَغِي لِابْنِ أَبِي قُحَافَةَ أَنْ يَؤُمَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ لِلنَّاسِ: «مَا بَالُكُمْ صَفَّحْتُمْ؟ إِنَّمَا التَّصْفِيحُ لِلنِّسَاءِ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِذَا نَابَكُمْ شَيْءٌ فِي صَلَاتِكُمْ فَسَبِّحُوا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1184

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1184

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 5

Greeting People With A Hand Gesture While Praying

Hadith 1185

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1185. It was narrated that Jābir bin Samurah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ came out to us and we were raising our hands during the Ṣalāh. He said: 'Why are you raising your hands while praying like the tails of wild horses? Stay still when you are praying.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1184 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْثَرٌ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ الْمُسَيَّبِ بْنِ رَافِعٍ، عَنْ تَمِيمِ بْنِ طَرَفَةَ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ قَالَ: خَرَجَ عَلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنَحْنُ رَافِعُو أَيْدِينَا فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَقَالَ: «مَا بَالُهُمْ رَافِعِينَ أَيْدِيَهُمْ فِي الصَّلَاةِ كَأَنَّهَا أَذْنَابُ الْخَيْلِ الشُّمُسِ، اسْكُنُوا فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1185

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1185

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1186

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1186. It was narrated that Jâbir bin Samurah said: "We used to pray behind the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and we would greet (others) with our hands. He said: 'What is the matter with those who greet (others) with their hands as if they were the tails of wild horses? It is sufficient for any one of you to put his hand on his thigh and say: "As-salâmu 'alaikum, as-salâmu 'alaikum." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1185 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ الْقِبْطِيَّةِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ قَالَ: كُنَّا نُصَلِّي خَلْفَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَنُسَلِّمُ بِأَيْدِينَا فَقَالَ: " مَا بَالُ هَؤُلَاءِ يُسَلِّمُونَ بِأَيْدِيهِمْ كَأَنَّهَا أَذْنَابُ خَيْلٍ شُمُسٍ؟ أَمَا يَكْفِي أَحَدُهُمْ أَنْ يَضَعَ يَدَهُ عَلَى فَخِذِهِ ثُمَّ يَقُولَ: السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1186

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1186

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 6

Returning The Salâms With A Gesture When Praying

Hadith 1187

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1187. It was narrated that Suhaib, the Companion of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, said: "I passed by the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ when he was praying, and greeted him with Salâm. He returned my greeting with a gesture, or maybe it was just with his finger." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1186 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ بُكَيْرٍ، عَنْ نَابِلٍ، صَاحِبِ الْعَبَاءِ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ صُهَيْبٍ صَاحِبِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَرَرْتُ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ، فَرَدَّ عَلَيَّ إِشَارَةً، وَلَا أَعْلَمُ إِلَّا أَنَّهُ قَالَ بِإِصْبَعِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1187

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1187

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1188

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1188. It was narrated that Zaid bin Aslam said: "Ibn 'Umar said: 'The Prophet ﷺ entered the Masjid of Quba' to pray there, then some men came in and greeted him with Salām. I asked Suhaib, who was with him: 'What did the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ do when he was greeted?' He said: 'He used to gesture with his hand.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1187 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ الْمَكِّيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ زَيْدِ ابْنِ أَسْلَمَ قَالَ: قَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: دَخَلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَسْجِدَ قُبَاءَ لِيُصَلِّيَ فِيهِ، فَدَخَلَ عَلَيْهِ رِجَالٌ يُسَلِّمُونَ عَلَيْهِ، فَسَأَلْتُ صُهَيْبًا وَكَانَ مَعَهُ: كَيْفَ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُ إِذَا سُلِّمَ عَلَيْهِ؟ قَالَ: «كَانَ يُشِيرُ بِيَدِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1188

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1188

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1189

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1189. It was narrated from 'Ammār bin Yāsir that he greeted the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ with the Salām when he was praying, and he returned the greeting. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1188 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبٌ يَعْنِي ابْنَ جَرِيرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ عَمَّارِ بْنِ يَاسِرٍ، أَنَّهُ «سَلَّمَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَرَدَّ عَلَيْهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1189

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1189

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1190

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1190. It was narrated that Jābir said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sent me on an errand then I came back to him while he was praying. I greeted him with the Salâm and he gestured to me. When he finished he called me and said: 'You greeted me with Salâm just now and I was praying.' And he was facing toward the east that day." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1189 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ قَالَ: بَعَثَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِحَاجَةٍ ثُمَّ أَدْرَكْتُهُ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي، فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ فَأَشَارَ إِلَيَّ، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ دَعَانِي فَقَالَ: «إِنَّكَ سَلَّمْتَ عَلَيَّ آنِفًا وَأَنَا أُصَلِّي»، وَإِنَّمَا هُوَ مُوَجَّهٌ يَوْمَئِذٍ إِلَى الْمَشْرِقِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1190

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1190

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1191

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1191. It was narrated that Jâbir said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ sent me on an errand then I came back to him while he was facing east or west. I greeted him with Salâm and he gestured to me. Then when he finished he called me and said: 'O Jâbir!' The people called me and said: 'O Jâbir!' So I came and said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, I greeted you with Salâm but you did not answer.' He said: 'I was praying.'" (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1190 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ هَاشِمٍ الْبَعْلَبَكِّيُّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ شُعَيْبِ بْنِ شَابُورَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ الْحَارِثِ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ قَالَ: بَعَثَنِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَأَتَيْتُهُ وَهُوَ يَسِيرُ مُشَرِّقًا أَوْ مُغَرِّبًا، فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ، فَأَشَارَ بِيَدِهِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ، فَأَشَارَ بِيَدِهِ، فَانْصَرَفْتُ، فَنَادَانِي: «يَا جَابِرُ»، فَنَادَانِي النَّاسُ: يَا جَابِرُ، فَأَتَيْتُهُ فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنِّي سَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْكَ فَلَمْ تَرُدَّ عَلَيَّ، قَالَ: «إِنِّي كُنْتُ أُصَلِّي»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1191

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1191

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 7

The Prohibition Of Smoothing The Pebbles While Praying

Hadith 1192

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1192. It was narrated that Abū Dharr said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'When any one of you stands in prayer, let him not smooth the pebbles, for he is facing Mercy.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

١١٩١ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، ‌وَالْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ حُرَيْثٍ (وَاللَّفْظُ لَهُ) عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ، عَنِ ‌الزُّهْرِيِّ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي ذَرٍّ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا قَامَ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَلَا يَمْسَحِ الْحَصَى؛ فَإِنَّ الرَّحْمَةَ تُوَاجِهُهُ».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1192

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1192

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 8

Concession Allowing One To Do That Once

Hadith 1193

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1193. AbC Salamah bin 'Abdur- Raiynin said: "Mu'aiqib told me - .?, that the M~~~~~~~~ of d l g h @ said: 'If you have to do that, then do it only once."' ($'ah%)

Arabic text

1192 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو سَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُعَيْقِيبٌ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنْ كُنْتَ لَا بُدَّ فَاعِلًا فَمَرَّةً»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1193

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1193

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 9

The Prohibition Of Lifting One's Gaze To The Sky When Praying

Hadith 1194

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1194. It was narrated from Anas bin Mâlik that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "What is the matter with people who lift their gaze to the sky when praying?" And he spoke sternly concerning that until he said: "They must stop that or they will certainly lose their eyesight." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1193 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، وَشُعَيْبُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، عَنْ يَحْيَى وَهُوَ ابْنُ سَعِيدٍ الْقَطَّانُ، عَنْ ابْنِ أَبِي عَرُوبَةَ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَا بَالُ أَقْوَامٍ يَرْفَعُونَ أَبْصَارَهُمْ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ فِي صَلَاتِهِمْ»، فَاشْتَدَّ قَوْلُهُ فِي ذَلِكَ حَتَّى قَالَ: «لَيَنْتَهُنَّ عَنْ ذَلِكَ أَوْ لَتُخْطَفَنَّ أَبْصَارُهُمْ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1194

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1194

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1195

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1195. It was narrated from 'Ubaidullâh bin 'Abdullâh that a man from among the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ told him that he had heard the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ say: 'If any one of you is praying, let him not lift his gaze to the sky, or his eyesight will be taken away.' (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1194 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا مِنْ أَصْحَابِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «إِذَا كَانَ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي الصَّلَاةِ فَلَا يَرْفَعْ بَصَرَهُ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ أَنْ يُلْتَمَعَ بَصَرُهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1195

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1195

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 10

Stern Warning Against Turning Around When Praying

Hadith 1196

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1196. It was narrated that Az-Zuhri said: "I heard Abû Al-Ahwas saying to us in a gathering with Ibn Al-Mûsâyyab when Ibn Al-Mûsâyyab was sitting there, that he had heard Abû Dharr say: The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Allâh continues to look upon His slave while he is praying, so long as he does not turn away. If he turns his face away, He turns away from him.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1195 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا الْأَحْوَصِ يُحَدِّثُنَا فِي مَجْلِسِ سَعِيدِ ابْنِ الْمُسَيَّبِ وَابْنُ الْمُسَيَّبِ جَالِسٌ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا ذَرٍّ يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَا يَزَالُ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ مُقْبِلًا عَلَى الْعَبْدِ فِي صَلَاتِهِ مَا لَمْ يَلْتَفِتْ، فَإِذَا صَرَفَ وَجْهَهُ انْصَرَفَ عَنْهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1196

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1196

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1197

DarussalamShahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1197. It was narrated that 'Aishah, may Allâh be pleased with her, said: "I asked the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ about looking here and there during prayer. He said: 'That is something that the Shaitân snatches from one's prayer.'" (Shahih)

Arabic text

1196 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زَائِدَةُ، عَنْ أَشْعَثَ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّعْثَاءِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنِ الِالْتِفَاتِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَقَالَ: «اخْتِلَاسٌ يَخْتَلِسُهُ الشَّيْطَانُ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ»،

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1197

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1197

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1198

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1198. A similar report was also narrated from 'Āishah, from the Prophet ﷺ. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1197 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ أَشْعَثَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، بِمِثْلِهِ،

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1198

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1198

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1199

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1199. A similar report was also narrated from 'Āishah, from the Prophet ﷺ. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1198 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْرَائِيلُ، عَنْ أَشْعَثَ بْنِ أَبِي الشَّعْثَاءِ، عَنْ أَبِي عَطِيَّةَ، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، بِمِثْلِهِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1199

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1199

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1200

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albaniصحيح موقوف الإرواء أيضا
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1200. It was narrated that Abū 'Aṭīyah said: "Āishah said: 'Turning around during prayer is something that the Shaitān snatches from one's prayer.'"1 (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1199 - أَخْبَرَنَا هِلَالُ بْنُ الْعَلَاءِ بْنِ هِلَالٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْمُعَافَى بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْقَاسِمُ وَهُوَ ابْنُ مَعْنٍ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَطِيَّةَ قَالَ: قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: «إِنَّ الِالْتِفَاتَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ اخْتِلَاسٌ يَخْتَلِسُهُ الشَّيْطَانُ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1200

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1200

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 11

ConcessionAllowing One To Turn To TheRight Or Left When Praying

Hadith 1201

DarussalamSâhîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1201. It was narrated that Jābir said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ was ill, and we prayed behind him while he was sitting, and Abū Bakr repeated his Takbīrs so that the people could hear them. He turned to us and saw us standing, so he gestured to us to sit down. So we prayed behind him sitting. When he said the Salâm he said: 'Just now you were doing what the Persians and Romans do for their kings when they are sitting. Do not do that. Follow your Imâms: If they pray standing then pray standing, and if they pray sitting then pray sitting.'" (Sâhîh)

Arabic text

1200 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: اشْتَكَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَصَلَّيْنَا وَرَاءَهُ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ يُكَبِّرُ يُسْمِعُ النَّاسَ تَكْبِيرَهُ، فَالْتَفَتَ إِلَيْنَا فَرَآنَا قِيَامًا، فَأَشَارَ إِلَيْنَا فَقَعَدْنَا، فَصَلَّيْنَا بِصَلَاتِهِ قُعُودًا، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنْ كُنْتُمْ آنِفًا تَفْعَلُونَ فِعْلَ فَارِسَ وَالرُّومِ يَقُومُونَ عَلَى مُلُوكِهِمْ وَهُمْ قُعُودٌ فَلَا تَفْعَلُوا، ائْتَمُّوا بِأَئِمَّتِكُمْ إِنْ صَلَّى قَائِمًا فَصَلُّوا قِيَامًا، وَإِنْ صَلَّى قَاعِدًا فَصَلُّوا قُعُودًا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1201

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1201

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1202

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1202. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to turn to his right and left when praying, but he did not twist his neck to look behind him." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1201 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو عَمَّارٍ الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ حُرَيْثٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْفَضْلُ بْنُ مُوسَى، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنْ ثَوْرِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَلْتَفِتُ فِي صَلَاتِهِ يَمِينًا وَشِمَالًا، وَلَا يَلْوِي عُنُقَهُ خَلْفَ ظَهْرِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1202

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1202

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 12

Killing Snakes And Scorpions While Praying

Hadith 1203

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1203. It was narrated that Abû Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ commanded us to kill the two black ones (snakes and scorpions) while praying." (Sahih)

Arabic text

١٢٠٢ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ ‌سُفْيَانَ ، ‌وَيَزِيدُ، وَهُوَ ابْنُ زُرَيْعٍ ، عَنْ ‌مَعْمَرٍ ، عَنْ ‌يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ ، عَنْ ‌ضَمْضَمِ بْنِ جَوْسٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: «أَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِقَتْلِ الْأَسْوَدَيْنِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1203

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1203

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1204

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1204. It was narrated from Abû Hurairah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ enjoined killing the two black ones (snakes and scorpions) while praying. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1203 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ أَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ وَهُوَ ابْنُ أَبِي عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ ضَمْضَمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَمَرَ بِقَتْلِ الْأَسْوَدَيْنِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1204

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1204

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 13

Carrying Small Children And Putting Them Down While Praying

Hadith 1205

DarussalamSâhîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1205. It was narrated from Abû Qatâdah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to pray when he was carrying Umâmah. When he prostrated he put her down and when he stood up he picked her up again. (Sâhîh)

Arabic text

1204 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «كَانَ يُصَلِّي وَهُوَ حَامِلٌ أُمَامَةَ، فَإِذَا سَجَدَ وَضَعَهَا، وَإِذَا قَامَ رَفَعَهَا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1205

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1205

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1206

DarussalamSâhîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1206. It was narrated that Abû Qatâdah said: "I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ leading the people in prayer, carrying Umâmah bint Abî Al-'Âs on his shoulder. When he bowed he put her down and when he finished prostrating he picked her up again." (Sâhîh)

Arabic text

1205 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي قَتَادَةَ قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَؤُمُّ النَّاسَ وَهُوَ حَامِلٌ أُمَامَةَ بِنْتَ أَبِي الْعَاصِ عَلَى عَاتِقِهِ، فَإِذَا رَكَعَ وَضَعَهَا، فَإِذَا فَرَغَ مِنْ سُجُودِهِ أَعَادَهَا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1206

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1206

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 14

Taking A Few Steps In The Direction Of The Qiblah

Hadith 1207

DarussalamDa'îfAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1207. It was narrated that 'Aîshah, may Allâh be pleased with her, said: "I knocked at the door when the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ was offering a voluntary prayer. The door was in the direction of the Qiblah so he took a few steps to his right or left and opened the door, then he went back to where he was praying." (Da'îf)

Arabic text

1206 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمُ بْنُ وَرْدَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بُرْدُ بْنُ سِنَانٍ أَبُو الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: «اسْتَفْتَحْتُ الْبَابَ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي تَطَوُّعًا وَالْبَابُ عَلَى الْقِبْلَةِ فَمَشَى عَنْ يَمِينِهِ أَوْ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، فَفَتَحَ الْبَابَ ثُمَّ رَجَعَ إِلَى مُصَلَّاهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1207

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1207

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 15

Clapping During Prayer

Hadith 1208

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1208. It was narrated from Abû Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The Tasbîh[1] is for men, and clapping is for women." Ibn Al-Muthanna added: "During the prayer."[2]

Arabic text

1207 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، وَاللَّفْظُ لَهُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ، وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ»، زَادَ ابْنُ الْمُثَنَّى: «فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1208

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1208

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1209

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1209. Sa'eed bin Al-Mûsâyyab and Abû Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmân said that they had heard Abû Hurairah say: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: The Tasbîh is for men and clapping is for women." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1208 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي سَعِيدُ بْنُ الْمُسَيَّبِ، وَأَبُو سَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّهُمَا سَمِعَا أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Saying: "Subḥân Allâh."

2 [2] That is, An-Nasâ'i narrated it from both Muhammad bin Al-Muthanna, and Qutaibah bin Sa'eed.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1209

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1209

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 16

The Tasbīh During Prayer

Hadith 1210

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1210. It was narrated that Abū Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'The Tasbīh is for men and clapping is for women.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1209 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْفُضَيْلُ بْنُ عِيَاضٍ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، ح وَأَنْبَأَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1210

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1210

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1211

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1211. It was narrated from Abū Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "The Tasbīh is for men and clapping is for women." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1210 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَوْفٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدٌ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «التَّسْبِيحُ لِلرِّجَالِ وَالتَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1211

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1211

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 17

Clearing The Throat While Praying

Hadith 1212

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1212. It was narrated that 'Alī said: "I had certain times when I used to come to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ. When I came to him I would ask for permission to enter. If I found him praying he would clear his throat and I would enter, and if I found him free he would give me permission (to enter)." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1211 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ الْمُغِيرَةِ، عَنْ الْحَارِثِ الْعُكْلِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي زُرْعَةَ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ جَرِيرٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُجَيٍّ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ قَالَ: كَانَ لِي مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَاعَةٌ آتِيهِ فِيهَا، فَإِذَا أَتَيْتُهُ اسْتَأْذَنْتُ «إِنْ وَجَدْتُهُ يُصَلِّي فَتَنَحْنَحَ دَخَلْتُ، وَإِنْ وَجَدْتُهُ فَارِغًا أَذِنَ لِي»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1212

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1212

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1213

DarussalamSaḥīhAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1213. It was narrated that 'Alī said: "I had two times when I would enter upon the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, one at night and one during the day. When I entered at night he would clear his throat (to tell me to come in)." (Saḥīh)

Arabic text

1212 - أَخْبَرَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عَيَّاشٍ، عَنْ مُغِيرَةَ، عَنْ الْحَارِثِ الْعُكْلِيِّ، عَنْ ابْنِ نُجَيٍّ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَلِيٌّ: كَانَ لِي مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَدْخَلَانِ: مَدْخَلٌ بِاللَّيْلِ، وَمَدْخَلٌ بِالنَّهَارِ، فَكُنْتُ «إِذَا دَخَلْتُ بِاللَّيْلِ تَنَحْنَحَ لِي»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1213

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1213

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1214

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1214. 'Abdullāh bin Nujayy narrated that his father said: "Alī said to me: 'I was so close to the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, closer than anyone else. I used to come to him at the end of every night, before dawn, and say: "As-salāmu 'alayka ya Nabīyy Allāh (Peace be upon you, O Prophet of Allāh)." If he cleared his throat I would go back to my family, otherwise I would enter upon him.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1213 - أَخْبَرَنَا الْقَاسِمُ بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا بْنِ دِينَارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي شُرَحْبِيلُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ مُدْرِكٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُجَيٍّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي عَلِيٌّ: كَانَتْ لِي مَنْزِلَةٌ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمْ تَكُنْ لِأَحَدٍ مِنَ الْخَلَائِقِ، فَكُنْتُ آتِيهِ كُلَّ سَحَرٍ، فَأَقُولُ: السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ يَا نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ، «فَإِنْ تَنَحْنَحَ انْصَرَفْتُ إِلَى أَهْلِي، وَإِلَّا دَخَلْتُ عَلَيْهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1214

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1214

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 18

Weeping During Prayer

Hadith 1215

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1215. It was narrated from Muṭarrif that his father said: "I came to the Prophet ﷺ when he was praying, and there was a sound coming from his chest like the sound of water boiling," meaning, he was weeping. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1214 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ حَمَّادِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ الْبُنَانِيِّ، عَنْ مُطَرِّفٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «أَتَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي وَلِجَوْفِهِ أَزِيزٌ كَأَزِيزِ الْمِرْجَلِ» يَعْنِي: يَبْكِي

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1215

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1215

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 19

Cursing Iblis And Seeking Refuge With Allāh From Him While Praying

Hadith 1216

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1216. It was narrated that Abū Ad-Dardā' said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood praying, and we heard him say: 'I seek refuge with Allāh from you.' Then he said: 'I curse you with the curse of Allāh,' three times and stretched out his hand as if to take something. When he finished praying we said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, we heard you say something in your prayer that we have never heard you say before, and we saw you stretch out your hand.' He said: 'The enemy of Allāh, Iblis, came with a brand of fire to throw it in my face, so I said: I seek refuge in Allāh from you, three times, then I said: I curse you with the curse of Allāh; but he did not back away, three times, then I wanted to take hold of him. By Allāh, were it not for the prayer of our brother Sulaimān, he would have been tied up this morning for the children of Al-Madīnah to play with him.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1215 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ ابْنِ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي رَبِيعَةُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِدْرِيسَ الْخَوْلَانِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الدَّرْدَاءِ، قَالَ: قَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي فَسَمِعْنَاهُ يَقُولُ: «أَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنْكَ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «أَلْعَنُكَ بِلَعْنَةِ اللَّهِ ثَلَاثًا»، وَبَسَطَ يَدَهُ كَأَنَّهُ يَتَنَاوَلُ شَيْئًا، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَدْ سَمِعْنَاكَ تَقُولُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ شَيْئًا لَمْ نَسْمَعْكَ تَقُولُهُ قَبْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَرَأَيْنَاكَ بَسَطْتَ يَدَكَ، قَالَ: " إِنَّ عَدُوَّ اللَّهِ إِبْلِيسَ جَاءَ بِشِهَابٍ مِنْ نَارٍ لِيَجْعَلَهُ فِي وَجْهِي، فَقُلْتُ: أَعُوذُ بِاللَّهِ مِنْكَ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ، ثُمَّ قُلْتُ: أَلْعَنُكَ بِلَعْنَةِ اللَّهِ، فَلَمْ يَسْتَأْخِرْ ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ، ثُمَّ أَرَدْتُ أَنْ آخُذَهُ، وَاللَّهِ لَوْلَا دَعْوَةُ أَخِينَا سُلَيْمَانَ لَأَصْبَحَ مُوثَقًا بِهَا يَلْعَبُ بِهِ وِلْدَانُ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1216

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1216

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 20

Speaking During The Prayer

Hadith 1217

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1217. It was narrated from Abū Salamah that Abū Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up to pray and we stood up with him. A Bedouin said - while he was praying - 'O Allāh, have mercy on me and on Muḥammad and do not have mercy on anyone else.' When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said the Salām, he said to the Bedouin: 'You have limited something vast,' meaning the mercy of Allāh." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1216 - أَخْبَرَنَا كَثِيرُ بْنُ عُبَيْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، عَنْ الزُّبَيْدِيِّ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: قَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ وَقُمْنَا مَعَهُ، فَقَالَ أَعْرَابِيٌّ وَهُوَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ: اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمْنِي وَمُحَمَّدًا وَلَا تَرْحَمْ مَعَنَا أَحَدًا، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ لِلْأَعْرَابِيِّ: «لَقَدْ تَحَجَّرْتَ وَاسِعًا» يُرِيدُ رَحْمَةَ اللَّهِ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1217

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1217

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1218

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1218. It was narrated from Abū Hurairah that a Bedouin entered the Masjid and prayed two Rak'ahs, then he said: "O Allāh, have mercy on me and on Muḥammad and do not have mercy on anyone else." The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "You have limited something vast." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1217 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الزُّهْرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ: أَحْفَظُهُ مِنَ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي سَعِيدٌ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ أَعْرَابِيًّا دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ قَالَ: اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمْنِي وَمُحَمَّدًا وَلَا تَرْحَمْ مَعَنَا أَحَدًا، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَقَدْ تَحَجَّرْتَ وَاسِعًا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1218

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1218

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1219

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1219. It was narrated that Mu'āwiyah bin Al-Ḥakam As-Sulamī said: "I said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, we were recently in a state of ignorance, then Allāh brought Islam. Some men among us follow omens.' He said: 'That is something that they find in their own hearts; it should not deter them from going ahead.' I said: 'And some men among us go to fortune-tellers.' He said: 'Do not go to them.' He said: 'Some men among us draw lines.'[1] He said: 'One of the prophets used to draw lines. So whoever is in accord with his drawing of lines, then so it is.'"[2] He said: "While I was praying with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, a man sneezed and I said: 'Yarhamuk-Allāh (May Allāh have mercy on you).' The people glared at me and I said: 'May my mother be bereft of me, why are you looking at me?' The people struck their hands against their thighs, and when I saw that they were telling me to be quiet, I fell silent. When the Messenger of Allâh ﷻ finished, he called me. May my father and mother be ransomed for him, he neither did hit me nor rebuke me nor revile me. I have never seen a better teacher than him, before or after. He said: 'This prayer of ours is not the place for ordinary human speech, rather it is glorification and magnification of Allâh, and reciting Qur'ân.' Then I went out to a flock of sheep of mine that was tended by a slave woman of mine beside Uḥud and Al-Jawwâniyyah, and I found that the wolf had taken one of the sheep. I am a man from the sons of Âdam and I get upset as they get upset. So I slapped her. Then I came to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and told him what had happened. He regarded that as a serious action on my part. I said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, should I set her free?' He said: 'Call her.' The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said to her: 'Where is Allâh, the Mighty and sublime?' She said: 'Above the heavens.' He said: 'And who am I?' She said: 'The Messenger of Allâh.' He said: 'She is a believer; set her free.'"(Sahih)

Arabic text

1218 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَوْزَاعِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ أَبِي مَيْمُونَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَطَاءُ بْنُ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ بْنِ الْحَكَمِ السَّلَمِيِّ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّا حَدِيثُ عَهْدٍ بِجَاهِلِيَّةٍ فَجَاءَ اللَّهُ بِالْإِسْلَامِ، وَإِنَّ رِجَالًا مِنَّا يَتَطَيَّرُونَ، قَالَ: «ذَاكَ شَيْءٌ يَجِدُونَهُ فِي صُدُورِهِمْ، فَلَا يَصُدَّنَّهُمْ» وَرِجَالٌ مِنَّا يَأْتُونَ الْكُهَّانَ، قَالَ: «فَلَا تَأْتُوهُمْ»، قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، وَرِجَالٌ مِنَّا يَخُطُّونَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ نَبِيٌّ مِنَ الْأَنْبِيَاءِ يَخُطُّ، فَمَنْ وَافَقَ خَطُّهُ، فَذَاكَ» قَالَ: وَبَيْنَا أَنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ إِذْ عَطَسَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ، فَقُلْتُ: يَرْحَمُكَ اللَّهُ، فَحَدَّقَنِي الْقَوْمُ بِأَبْصَارِهِمْ، فَقُلْتُ: وَاثُكْلَ أُمِّيَاهُ، مَا لَكُمْ تَنْظُرُونَ إِلَيَّ؟ قَالَ: فَضَرَبَ الْقَوْمُ بِأَيْدِيهِمْ عَلَى أَفْخَاذِهِمْ، فَلَمَّا رَأَيْتُهُمْ يُسَكِّتُونِي لَكِنِّي سَكَتُّ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَعَانِي بِأَبِي وَأُمِّي، هُوَ مَا ضَرَبَنِي، وَلَا كَهَرَنِي، وَلَا سَبَّنِي، مَا رَأَيْتُ مُعَلِّمًا قَبْلَهُ وَلَا بَعْدَهُ أَحْسَنَ تَعْلِيمًا مِنْهُ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ صَلَاتَنَا هَذِهِ لَا يَصْلُحُ فِيهَا شَيْءٌ مِنْ كَلَامِ النَّاسِ، إِنَّمَا هُوَ التَّسْبِيحُ وَالتَّكْبِيرُ، وَتِلَاوَةُ الْقُرْآنِ» قَالَ: ثُمَّ اطَّلَعْتُ إِلَى غُنَيْمَةٍ لِي تَرْعَاهَا جَارِيَةٌ لِي فِي قِبَلِ أُحُدٍ وَالْجَوَّانِيَّةِ، وَإِنِّي اطَّلَعْتُ فَوَجَدْتُ الذِّئْبَ قَدْ ذَهَبَ مِنْهَا بِشَاةٍ، وَأَنَا رَجُلٌ مِنْ بَنِي آدَمَ آسَفُ كَمَا يَأْسَفُونَ، فَصَكَكْتُهَا صَكَّةً، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفْتُ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَخْبَرْتُهُ، فَعَظَّمَ ذَلِكَ عَلَيَّ فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَفَلَا أَعْتِقُهَا؟ قَالَ: «ادْعُهَا»، فَقَالَ لَهَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَيْنَ اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ؟»، قَالَتْ: فِي السَّمَاءِ، قَالَ: «فَمَنْ أَنَا؟» قَالَتْ: أَنْتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّهَا مُؤْمِنَةٌ فَاعْتِقْهَا»

Footnotes

1 [1] That is, the practice of Raml; geomancy, a type of prediction by etching or drawing lines in sand.

2 [2] As it is impossible to know how that Prophet drew lines, this practice is strictly forbidden. This was stated by An-Nawawī in his commentary on Muslim.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1219

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1219

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1220

DarussalamṢahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1220. It was narrated that Zaid bin Arqam said: "We used to speak to each other during the prayer, saying whatever was necessary, at the time of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, until this verse was revealed: Guard strictly (five obligatory) Aṣ-Ṣalawāt (the prayers) especially the middle Ṣalāh (i.e. the best prayer - Aṣr). And stand before Allāh with obedience (and do not speak to others during the Ṣalāh (prayers)),[1] so we were commanded to be silent." (Ṣahīh)

Arabic text

1219 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي الْحَارِثُ بْنُ شُبَيْلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عَمْرٍو الشَّيْبَانِيِّ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَرْقَمَ، قَالَ: " كَانَ الرَّجُلُ يُكَلِّمُ صَاحِبَهُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ بِالْحَاجَةِ عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى نَزَلَتْ هَذِهِ الْآيَةُ {حَافِظُوا عَلَى الصَّلَوَاتِ وَالصَّلَاةِ الْوُسْطَى وَقُومُوا لِلَّهِ قَانِتِينَ} [البقرة: 238]، فَأُمِرْنَا بِالسُّكُوتِ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1220

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1220

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1221

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1221. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh bin Ma'sûd said: "I used to come to the Prophet ﷺ when he was praying, and I would greet him with Salâm, he would return my greeting. Then I came to him when he was praying, and he did not return my greeting. When he said the Taslîm, he pointed to the people and said: 'Allâh has decreed that in the prayer you should not speak except to remember Allâh, and it is not appropriate for you, and that you should stand before Allâh with obedience.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1220 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي غَنِيَّةَ وَاسْمُهُ يَحْيَى بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ، وَالْقَاسِمُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ الْجَرْمِيُّ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ عَدِيٍّ، عَنْ كُلْثُومٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، وَهَذَا حَدِيثُ الْقَاسِمِ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ آتِي النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَأُسَلِّمُ عَلَيْهِ فَيَرُدُّ عَلَيَّ، فَأَتَيْتُهُ فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَلَمْ يَرُدَّ عَلَيَّ، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ أَشَارَ إِلَى الْقَوْمِ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ ـ يَعْنِي ـ أَحْدَثَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ أَنْ لَا تَكَلَّمُوا إِلَّا بِذِكْرِ اللَّهِ، وَمَا يَنْبَغِي لَكُمْ، وَأَنْ تَقُومُوا لِلَّهِ قَانِتِينَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Al-Baqarah 2:238.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1221

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1221

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1222

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1222. It was narrated that Ibn Ma'sûd said: "We used to greet the Prophet ﷺ with Salâm and he would return our Salâm, until we came back from the land of Ethiopia. I greeted him with Salâm and he did not return my greeting, and I started to wonder why. So I sat down; when he finished praying, he said: 'Allâh decrees what He wills, and He has decreed that we should not speak during the prayer.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1221 - أَخْبَرَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ حُرَيْثٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: كُنَّا نُسَلِّمُ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَيَرُدُّ عَلَيْنَا السَّلَامَ حَتَّى قَدِمْنَا مِنْ أَرْضِ الْحَبَشَةِ، فَسَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ، فَلَمْ يَرُدَّ عَلَيَّ، فَأَخَذَنِي مَا قَرُبَ وَمَا بَعُدَ فَجَلَسْتُ حَتَّى إِذَا قَضَى الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ يُحْدِثُ مِنْ أَمْرِهِ مَا يَشَاءُ، وَإِنَّهُ قَدْ أَحْدَثَ مِنْ أَمْرِهِ أَنْ لَا يُتَكَلَّمَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1222

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1222

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 21

What A Person Should Do If He Stands Up After Two Rak'ahs And Forgets To Say The Tashahhud

Hadith 1223

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1223. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Buhainah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ led us in praying two Rak'ahs, then he stood up and did not sit, and the people stood up with him. When he finished the prayer, and we were waiting for him to say the Taslîm, he said the Takbîr and prostrated twice while sitting, before the Taslîm. Then he said the Taslîm." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1222 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ قَامَ فَلَمْ يَجْلِسْ، فَقَامَ النَّاسُ مَعَهُ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى صَلَاتَهُ وَنَظَرْنَا تَسْلِيمَهُ، كَبَّرَ فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ قَبْلَ التَّسْلِيمِ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1223

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1223

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1224

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1224. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Buhainah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ stood up during the prayer when he should have sat, so he prostrated twice while sitting, before the Taslîm. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1223 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ هُرْمُزَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ بُحَيْنَةَ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهُ «قَامَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ وَعَلَيْهِ جُلُوسٌ فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ قَبْلَ التَّسْلِيمِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1224

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1224

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 22

What Should A Person Do If He Says The Taslîm Following Two Rak'ahs By Mistake And Then Speaks

Hadith 1225

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1225. It was narrated that Muḥammad bin Sīrīn said: "Abū Hurairah said: 'The Prophet ﷺ led us in one of the nighttime prayers.'" He said: "Abū Hurairah said: 'But I forgot (which one).' He said: 'He led us in praying two Rak'ahs, then he said the Taslīm and went to a piece of wood that was lying in the Masjid and leaned his hand on it as if he was angry. Those who were in a hurry left the Masjid, and said: "The prayer has been shortened." Among the people were Abū Bakr and 'Umar, but they hesitated to ask him for they revere him. Also among the people was a man with long hands who was known as Dhul-Yadain. He said: O Messenger of Allāh, did you forget or has the prayer been shortened? He said: I did not forget and the prayer has not been shortened. He said: Is it as Dhul-Yadain says? They said: Yes. So he came and prayed what he had missed, then he said the Salām, then he said the Takbīr and prostrated as usual or longer than that. Then he raised his head and said the Takbīr, and prostrated as usual or longer than that. Then he raised his head and said the Takbīr.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1224 - أَخْبَرَنَا حُمَيْدُ بْنُ مَسْعَدَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ وَهُوَ ابْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عَوْنٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: صَلَّى بِنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِحْدَى صَلَاتَيِ الْعَشِيِّ، قَالَ: قَالَ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ: وَلَكِنِّي نَسِيتُ، قَالَ: فَصَلَّى بِنَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، فَانْطَلَقَ إِلَى خَشَبَةٍ مَعْرُوضَةٍ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، فَقَالَ بِيَدِهِ عَلَيْهَا كَأَنَّهُ غَضْبَانُ، وَخَرَجَتِ السَّرَعَانُ مِنْ أَبْوَابِ الْمَسْجِدِ، فَقَالُوا: قُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ وَفِي الْقَوْمِ أَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، فَهَابَاهُ أَنْ يُكَلِّمَاهُ وَفِي الْقَوْمِ رَجُلٌ فِي يَدَيْهِ طُولٌ، قَالَ: كَانَ يُسَمَّى ذَا الْيَدَيْنِ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَنَسِيتَ أَمْ قُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ؟ قَالَ: «لَمْ أَنْسَ، وَلَمْ تُقْصَرِ الصَّلَاةُ»، قَالَ: وَقَالَ: «أَكَمَا قَالَ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ؟»، قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، فَجَاءَ فَصَلَّى الَّذِي كَانَ تَرَكَهُ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ فَسَجَدَ مِثْلَ سُجُودِهِ أَوْ أَطْوَلَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ وَكَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ مِثْلَ سُجُودِهِ أَوْ أَطْوَلَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1225

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1225

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1226

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1226. It was narrated from Abū Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ finished praying two Rak'ahs, and Dhul-Yadain said to him: "Has the prayer been shortened or did you forget, O Messenger of Allāh?" The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Is Dhul-Yadain speaking the truth?" The people said: "Yes." So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up and prayed two, then he said the Takbīr and prostrated as usual or longer than that. Then he raised his head, then he prostrated as usual or longer than that, then he sat up." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1225 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ الْقَاسِمِ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ انْصَرَفَ مِنَ اثْنَتَيْنِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ: أَقُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ أَمْ نَسِيتَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَصَدَقَ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ؟» فَقَالَ النَّاسُ: نَعَمْ، فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَصَلَّى اثْنَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ كَبَّرَ فَسَجَدَ مِثْلَ سُجُودِهِ أَوْ أَطْوَلَ، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ ثُمَّ سَجَدَ مِثْلَ سُجُودِهِ أَوْ أَطْوَلَ ثُمَّ رَفَعَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1226

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1226

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1227

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1227. It was narrated that Abū Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ led us in praying Asr, and he said the Salām after two Rak'ahs. Dhul-Yadain stood up and said: 'Has the prayer been shortened, O Messenger of Allāh, or did you forget?' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Neither.' He said: 'One of them happened, O Messenger of Allāh.' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ turned to the people and said: 'Is Dhul-Yadian speaking the truth?' They said: 'Yes.' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ completed what was left of the prayer, then he prostrated twice when he was sitting after the Taslīm." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1226 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ الْحُصَيْنِ، عَنْ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ، مَوْلَى ابْنِ أَبِي أَحْمَدَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، يَقُولُ: صَلَّى لَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةَ الْعَصْرِ، فَسَلَّمَ فِي رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَقَامَ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ، فَقَالَ: أَقُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَمْ نَسِيتَ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «كُلُّ ذَلِكَ لَمْ يَكُنْ»، فَقَالَ: قَدْ كَانَ بَعْضُ ذَلِكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، فَأَقْبَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّاسِ، فَقَالَ: «أَصَدَقَ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ؟» فَقَالُوا: نَعَمْ، فَأَتَمَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَا بَقِيَ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ بَعْدَ التَّسْلِيمِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1227

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1227

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1228

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1228. It was narrated from Abū Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed Zuhr with two Rak'ahs, then said the Salām. They said: 'Has the prayer been shortened?' So he stood up and prayed two Rak'ahs, then he said the Salām, then he prostrated twice. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1227 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَهْزُ بْنُ أَسَدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَا سَلَمَةَ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى صَلَاةَ الظُّهْرِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»، فَقَالُوا: قُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ، «فَقَامَ وَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1228

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1228

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1229

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1229. It was narrated from Abū Hurairah that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed one day and said the Salām after two Rak'ahs, then he left. Dhul-Shimâlain caught up with him and said: "O Messenger of Allāh, has the prayer been shortened or did you forget?" He said: "The prayer has not been shortened and I did not forget." He said: "Yes, by the One Who sent you with the truth." The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "Is Dhul-Yadain speaking the truth?" They said: "Yes." So he led the people in praying two Rak'ahs. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1228 - أَخْبَرَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ حَمَّادٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ أَبِي أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى يَوْمًا، فَسَلَّمَ فِي رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ، فَأَدْرَكَهُ ذُو الشِّمَالَيْنِ، فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَنُقِصَتِ الصَّلَاةُ أَمْ نَسِيتَ؟ فَقَالَ: «لَمْ تُنْقَصِ الصَّلَاةُ وَلَمْ أَنْسَ»، قَالَ: بَلَى وَالَّذِي بَعَثَكَ بِالْحَقِّ، قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَصَدَقَ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ؟» قَالُوا: نَعَمْ فَصَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1229

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1229

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1230

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1230. It was narrated that Abū Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ forgot and said the Taslīm after two Rak'ahs. Dhul-Shimālain said to him: 'Has the prayer been shortened or did you forget, O Messenger of Allāh ﷺ?' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Is Dhul-Yadain speaking the truth?' They said: 'Yes.' So the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up and completed the prayer." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1229 - أَخْبَرَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ مُوسَى الْفَرْوِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو ضَمْرَةَ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: نَسِيَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَسَلَّمَ فِي سَجْدَتَيْنِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ ذُو الشِّمَالَيْنِ: أَقُصِرَتِ الصَّلَاةُ أَمْ نَسِيتَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ؟ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَصَدَقَ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ؟» قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَأَتَمَّ الصَّلَاةَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1230

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1230

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1231

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1231. It was narrated that Abū Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed Zuhr or Asr and said the Taslīm following two Rak'ahs and left. Dhul-Shimālain bin 'Amr said to him: 'Has the prayer been shortened or did you forget? The Prophet ﷺ said: 'What is Dhul-Yadain saying?' They said: 'He is speaking the truth, O Messenger of Allāh.' So he led them in praying the two Rak'ahs that he had missed." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1230 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، وَأَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي حَثْمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ أَوِ الْعَصْرَ، فَسَلَّمَ فِي رَكْعَتَيْنِ وَانْصَرَفَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ ذُو الشِّمَالَيْنِ ابْنُ عَمْرٍو: أَنُقِصَتِ الصَّلَاةُ أَمْ نَسِيتَ؟ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَا يَقُولُ ذُو الْيَدَيْنِ؟»، فَقَالُوا: صَدَقَ يَا نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ، فَأَتَمَّ بِهِمُ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اللَّتَيْنِ نَقَصَ،

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1231

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1231

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1232

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1232. Abū Bakr bin Sulaimān bin Abī Hathmah narrated that it was conveyed to him that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ prayed two Rak'ahs, and Dhul-Shimālain said something similar to him. (One of the narrators) Ibn Shihāb said: "Sa'eed bin Al-Mūsāyyab informed me of this Hadīth from Abū Hurairah." He said: "And Abū Salamah bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān, Abū Bakr bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Al-Hārith and Ubaidullāh bin 'Abdullāh informed me." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1231 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، أَنَّ أَبَا بَكْرِ بْنَ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ أَبِي حَثْمَةَ أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّهُ بَلَغَهُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَقَالَ لَهُ ذُو الشِّمَالَيْنِ نَحْوَهُ. قَالَ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ: أَخْبَرَنِي هَذَا الْخَبَرَ سَعِيدُ بْنُ الْمُسَيَّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ قَالَ: وَأَخْبَرَنِيهِ أَبُو سَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، وَأَبُو بَكْرِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، وَعُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1232

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1232

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 23

Mentioning The Reports That Differ From Abū Hurairah Concerning The Two Prostrations

Hadith 1233

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniShadh
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1233. It was narrated that Abū Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ did not prostrate that day either before the Salām or after." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1232 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْحَكَمِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ عُقَيْلٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، وَأَبِي سَلَمَةَ، وَأَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، وَابْنِ أَبِي حَثْمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «لَمْ يَسْجُدْ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَئِذٍ قَبْلَ السَّلَامِ وَلَا بَعْدَهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1233

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1233

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1234

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1234. It was narrated from Abû Hurairah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prostrated twice after the Salâm on the day of Dhul-Yadain. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1233 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ سَوَّادِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا اللَّيْثُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ عِرَاكِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَجَدَ يَوْمَ ذِي الْيَدَيْنِ سَجْدَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ السَّلَامِ»،

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1234

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1234

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1235

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1235. A similar report was narrated from Abû Hurairah from the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1234 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ سَوَّادِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، بِمِثْلِهِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1235

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1235

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1236

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1236. It was narrated from Abû Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ prostrated after the Salâm when he was not sure. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1235 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ كَثِيرِ بْنِ دِينَارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: وَحَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ عَوْنٍ، وَخَالِدٌ الْحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ ابْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَجَدَ فِي وَهْمِهِ بَعْدَ التَّسْلِيمِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1236

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1236

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1237

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1237. It was narrated from 'Imrân bin Ḥuṣain that the Prophet ﷺ led them in prayer and forgot (how many Rak'ahs he had prayed), then he prostrated twice, then he said the Salâm. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

١٢٣٦ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ عَبْدِ اللهِ النَّيْسَابُورِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللهِ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ‌أَشْعَثُ ، عَنْ ‌مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ ، عَنْ ‌خَالِدٍ الْحَذَّاءِ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي قِلَابَةَ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِي الْمُهَلَّبِ ، عَنْ ‌عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى بِهِمْ، فَسَهَا، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1237

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1237

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1238

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1238. It was narrated that 'Imrân bin Ḥuṣain said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said the Salâm after three Rak'ahs of Asr, then he entered his house. A man called Al-Khibâq stood up and said: 'Has the prayer been shortened, O Messenger of Allâh?' He came out angry, dragging his upper garment and said: 'Is he speaking the truth?' They said: 'Yes.' So he stood and prayed that Rak'ah, then he said the Salâm, then prostrated twice, then he said the Salâm (again)." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1237 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو الْأَشْعَثِ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ زُرَيْعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ الْحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُهَلَّبِ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، قَالَ: سَلَّمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي ثَلَاثِ رَكَعَاتٍ مِنَ الْعَصْرِ، فَدَخَلَ مَنْزِلَهُ، فَقَامَ إِلَيْهِ رَجُلٌ يُقَالُ لَهُ الْخِرْبَاقُ، فَقَالَ: يَعْنِي نَقَصَتِ الصَّلَاةُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ؟ فَخَرَجَ مُغْضَبًا يَجُرُّ رِدَاءَهُ، فَقَالَ: «أَصَدَقَ؟» قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، «فَقَامَ فَصَلَّى تِلْكَ الرَّكْعَةَ ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْهَا، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1238

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1238

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 24

The Praying Person Completing (The Prayer) Upon What He Remembers When He Doubts

Hadith 1239

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1239. It was narrated from Abû Sa'eed that the Prophet ﷺ said: "If one of you is not sure about his prayer, let him forget about what he is unsure of and complete his prayer on the basis of what he is sure of. When he is sure that he has completed it, let him prostrate twice while he is sitting. Then if he has prayed five (Rak'ahs), they (the two prostrations) will make his prayer even-numbered, and if he had prayed four, they will annoy and humiliate the Shaitân." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1238 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَبِيبِ بْنِ عَرَبِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيُلْغِ الشَّكَّ وَلْيَبْنِ عَلَى الْيَقِينِ، فَإِذَا اسْتَيْقَنَ بِالتَّمَامِ، فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ قَاعِدٌ، فَإِنْ كَانَ صَلَّى خَمْسًا شَفَعَتَا لَهُ صَلَاتَهُ، وَإِنْ صَلَّى أَرْبَعًا كَانَتَا تَرْغِيمًا لِلشَّيْطَانِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1239

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1239

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1240

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1240. It was narrated from Abū Sa'eed Al-Khudrī that the Prophet ﷺ said: "If one of you does not know whether he prayed three or four (Rak'ahs), let him pray a Rak'ah then prostrate twice after that when he is sitting. Then if he prayed five (Rak'ahs), they (the two prostrations) will make his prayer even-numbered, and if he had prayed four, they will annoy and humiliate the Shaitān." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1239 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُجَيْنُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ وَهُوَ ابْنُ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا لَمْ يَدْرِ أَحَدُكُمْ صَلَّى ثَلَاثًا أَمْ أَرْبَعًا، فَلْيُصَلِّ رَكْعَةً، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدْ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ، فَإِنْ كَانَ صَلَّى خَمْسًا شَفَعَتَا لَهُ صَلَاتَهُ، وَإِنْ صَلَّى أَرْبَعًا كَانَتَا تَرْغِيمًا لِلشَّيْطَانِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1240

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1240

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 25

Estimating (What Is Most Likely The Case)

Hadith 1241

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1241. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh and attributed to the Prophet ﷺ: "If one of you is not sure about his prayer, let him estimate what he thinks is most likely to be correct and complete the prayer on that basis, then let him prostrate twice." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1240 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُفَضَّلٌ وَهُوَ ابْنُ مُهَلْهَلٍ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، يَرْفَعُهُ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَتَحَرَّ الَّذِي يَرَى أَنَّهُ الصَّوَابُ فَيُتِمَّهُ، ثُمَّ ـ يَعْنِي ـ يَسْجُدُ سَجْدَتَيْنِ» وَلَمْ أَفْهَمْ بَعْضَ حُرُوفِهِ كَمَا أَرَدْتُ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1241

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1241

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1242

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1242. It was narrated that ‘Abdullâh said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: ‘If one of you is not sure about his prayer, let him estimate and prostrate twice after he has finished.’” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1241 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ الْمُخَرِّمِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا شَكَّ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَتَحَرَّ، وَيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ مَا يَفْرُغُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1242

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1242

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1243

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1243. It was narrated that ‘Abdullâh said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed and did more or less (Rak’ahs). When he had said the Taslîm, it was said: ‘O Messenger of Allâh, has there been some change concerning the prayer?’ He said: ‘If there had been some change concerning the prayer I would have told you. Rather I am a human being and I forget as you forget. If any one of you is not sure about his prayer, let him consider an estimate of what is correct, and complete his prayer on that basis, then say the Taslîm and prostrate twice.’” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1242 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَزَادَ أَوْ نَقَصَ، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، هَلْ حَدَثَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ شَيْءٌ؟ قَالَ: «لَوْ حَدَثَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ شَيْءٌ أَنْبَأْتُكُمُوهُ، وَلَكِنِّي إِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ، فَأَيُّكُمْ مَا شَكَّ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَنْظُرْ أَحْرَى ذَلِكَ إِلَى الصَّوَابِ، فَلْيُتِمَّ عَلَيْهِ، ثُمَّ لِيُسَلِّمْ وَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1243

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1243

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1244

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1244. It was narrated that ‘Abdullâh said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed and did more or less (Rak’ahs). When he had said the Salâm we said: 'O Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, has there been some change concerning the prayer?' He said: 'Why are you asking?' So we told him what he had done. He turned back toward the Qiblah and prostrated two prostrations of forgetfulness, then he turned to face us and said: 'If there had been some change concerning the prayer I would have told you.' Then he said: 'Rather I am a human being and I forget as you forget. If any one of you is not sure about his prayer, let him estimate what he thinks is correct, and complete his prayer on that basis, then say the Taslîm and prostrate two prostrations of forgetfulness.'" (Sahîh)

Arabic text

١٢٤٣ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌الْحَسَنُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ بْنِ سُلَيْمَانَ الْمُجَالِدِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌ الْفُضَيْلُ - يَعْنِي: ابْنَ عِيَاضٍ - ، عَنْ ‌مَنْصُورٍ ، عَنْ ‌إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ ‌عَلْقَمَةَ ، عَنْ ‌عَبْدِ اللهِ قَالَ: «صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةً، فَزَادَ فِيهَا أَوْ نَقَصَ، فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ قُلْنَا: يَا نَبِيَّ اللهِ، هَلْ حَدَثَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ شَيْءٌ؟ قَالَ: وَمَا ذَاكَ؟ فَذَكَرْنَا لَهُ الَّذِي فَعَلَ، فَثَنَى رِجْلَهُ، فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ، ثُمَّ أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْنَا بِوَجْهِهِ، فَقَالَ: لَوْ حَدَثَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ شَيْءٌ لَأَنْبَأْتُكُمْ بِهِ. ثُمَّ قَالَ: إِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ، فَأَيُّكُمْ شَكَّ فِي صَلَاتِهِ شَيْئًا، فَلْيَتَحَرَّ الَّذِي يَرَى أَنَّهُ صَوَابٌ، ثُمَّ يُسَلِّمْ، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1244

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1244

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1245

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1245. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed Zuhr then he turned to face them and they said: "Has there been some change concerning the prayer?" He said: "Why are you asking?" They told him what he had done, so he turned back toward the Qiblah and prostrated twice. Then he said the Salâm and turned to face them and said: "I am only human, I forget as you forget, so if I forget, then remind me." And he said: "If there had been some change concerning the prayer I would have told you.” And he said: “If one of you is not sure about his prayer, let him estimate what is closest to what is correct, then let him complete it on that basis, then prostrate twice.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1244 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَ: كَتَبَ إِلَيَّ مَنْصُورٌ، وَقَرَأْتُهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَمِعْتُهُ يُحَدِّثُ رَجُلًا، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى صَلَاةَ الظُّهْرِ، ثُمَّ أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْهِمْ بِوَجْهِهِ، فَقَالُوا: أَحَدَثَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ حَدَثٌ؟ قَالَ: «وَمَا ذَاكَ؟» فَأَخْبَرُوهُ بِصَنِيعِهِ، فَثَنَى رِجْلَهُ، وَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْهِمْ بِوَجْهِهِ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ، فَإِذَا نَسِيتُ فَذَكِّرُونِي» وَقَالَ: «لَوْ كَانَ حَدَثَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ حَدَثٌ أَنْبَأْتُكُمْ بِهِ» وَقَالَ: «إِذَا أَوْهَمَ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَتَحَرَّ أَقْرَبَ ذَلِكَ مِنَ الصَّوَابِ ثُمَّ لِيُتِمَّ عَلَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1245

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1245

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1246

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1246. It was narrated that ‘Abdullāh said: “Whoever is not sure about his prayer, let him estimate what is correct, then let him prostrate twice after he finishes his prayer, while he is sitting.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1245 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ الْحَكَمِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا وَائِلٍ، يَقُولُ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: «مَنْ أَوْهَمَ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَتَحَرَّ الصَّوَابَ، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ مَا يَفْرُغُ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1246

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1246

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1247

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1247. It was narrated that ‘Abdullāh said: “Whoever has doubt, or is not sure, let him estimate what is correct, then let him prostrate twice.” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1246 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «مَنْ شَكَّ أَوْ أَوْهَمَ فَلْيَتَحَرَّ الصَّوَابَ، ثُمَّ لِيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1247

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1247

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1248

DarussalamSahīhAl-Albaniصحيح الإسناد موقوفAl-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1248. It was narrated that Ibrāhīm said: “They used to say: ‘If one is not sure of what he estimates is correct, then prostrates twice.’”[1] (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1247 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَوْنٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: " كَانُوا يَقُولُونَ: إِذَا أَوْهَمَ يَتَحَرَّى الصَّوَابَ، ثُمَّ يَسْجُدُ سَجْدَتَيْنِ "

Footnotes

1 [1] It is authentic as a statement of Ibrāhīm.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1248

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1248

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1249

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1249. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin Ja'far said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Whoever has doubt during his prayer, let him prostrate twice after he has said the Taslîm.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1248 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُسَافِعٍ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ شَكَّ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ مَا يُسَلِّمُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1249

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1249

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1250

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1250. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Ja'far that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Whoever has doubt during his prayer, let him prostrate twice after he the Taslîm." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1249 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ هَاشِمٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ مُسَافِعٍ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ شَكَّ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ التَّسْلِيمِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1250

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1250

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1251

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1251. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Ja'far that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Whoever has doubt during his prayer, let him prostrate twice after he the Taslîm." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1250 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَعِيلَ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، قَالَ: ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُسَافِعٍ، أَنَّ مُصْعَبَ بْنَ شَيْبَةَ أَخْبَرَهُ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ شَكَّ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ مَا يُسَلِّمُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1251

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1251

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1252

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1252. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Ja'far that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Whoever has doubt during his prayer, let him prostrate twice." (One of the narrators) Hajjâj said: "After he has said the Taslîm." (Another of them) Rawh said: "While he is sitting." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1251 - أَخْبَرَنَا هَارُونُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، وَرَوْحٌ هُوَ ابْنُ عُبَادَةَ، عَنْ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُسَافِعٍ، أَنَّ مُصْعَبَ بْنَ شَيْبَةَ أَخْبَرَهُ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ جَعْفَرٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «مَنْ شَكَّ فِي صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»، قَالَ حَجَّاجٌ: بَعْدَ مَا يُسَلِّمُ، وَقَالَ رَوْحٌ: وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1252

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1252

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1253

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1253. It was narrated from Abû Hurairah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "When any one of you gets up and prays, the Shaitân comes to him and confuses him until he does not know how many (Rak'ahs) he prayed. If any one of you notices that, let him prostrate twice when he is sitting." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1252 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ أَحَدَكُمْ إِذَا قَامَ يُصَلِّي جَاءَهُ الشَّيْطَانُ، فَلَبَسَ عَلَيْهِ صَلَاتَهُ حَتَّى لَا يَدْرِيَ كَمْ صَلَّى، فَإِذَا وَجَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ ذَلِكَ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1253

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1253

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1254

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1254. It was narrated that Abû Hurairah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'When the call to prayer is given, the Shaitân runs away breaking wind loudly. When the Tathwîb (Iqâmah) is completed, he comes back and whispers to a man in his heart, until he does not know how many (Rak'ahs) he has prayed. If any one of you notices that, let him prostrate twice.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1253 - أَخْبَرَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ هِلَالٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَارِثِ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ الدَّسْتَوَائِيِّ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا نُودِيَ لِلصَّلَاةِ أَدْبَرَ الشَّيْطَانُ لَهُ ضُرَاطٌ، فَإِذَا قُضِيَ التَّثْوِيبُ أَقْبَلَ حَتَّى يَخْطُرَ بَيْنَ الْمَرْءِ وَقَلْبِهِ حَتَّى لَا يَدْرِيَ كَمْ صَلَّى، فَإِذَا رَأَى أَحَدُكُمْ ذَلِكَ فَلْيَسْجُدْ سَجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1254

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1254

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 26

What A Person Should Do If He Prays Five (Rak'ahs)

Hadith 1255

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1255. It was narrated that 'Abdullāh said: "The Prophet ﷺ prayed Zuhr with five Rak'ahs, and it was said to him: 'Has something been added to the prayer?' He said: 'Why are you asking?' They said: 'You prayed five.' So he turned around and prostrated twice." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1254 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، وَاللَّفْظُ لِابْنِ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ خَمْسًا، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: أَزِيدَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ؟ قَالَ: «وَمَا ذَاكَ؟» قَالُوا: صَلَّيْتَ خَمْسًا فَثَنَى رِجْلَهُ وَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1255

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1255

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1256

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1256. It was narrated from 'Abdullāh that the Prophet ﷺ led them in praying Zuhr with five (Rak'ahs). They said: "You prayed five." So he prostrated twice after he had said the Taslim, while he was sitting. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1255 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدَةُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحِيمِ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ شُمَيْلٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ الْحَكَمِ، وَمُغِيرَةُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهُ «صَلَّى بِهِمُ الظُّهْرَ خَمْسًا»، فَقَالُوا: إِنَّكَ صَلَّيْتَ خَمْسًا، «فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ مَا سَلَّمَ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1256

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1256

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1257

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1257. It was narrated that IbrihTm bin Suwaid said: "Alqamah prayed five (Rak'ahs) and was told about that. He said: 'Did I really do that?' I nodded yes. He said: 'What about you, 0 odd-eyed one?' I said: 'Yes.' So he prostrated twice, then he narrated t o us from 'Abdullsh that the Prophet gg prayed five (Rak'ahs), and the people whispered to one another, then they said t o him: 'Has something been added to the prayer?' He said: 'No.' So they told hi, and he turned around and prostrated twice, then he said: 'I am only human; I forget as you forget."' (S*)

Arabic text

1256 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُفَضَّلُ بْنُ مُهَلْهَلٍ، عَنْ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ سُوَيْدٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى عَلْقَمَةُ خَمْسًا، فَقِيلَ لَهُ، فَقَالَ: مَا فَعَلْتُ، قُلْتُ بِرَأْسِي: بَلَى، قَالَ: وَأَنْتَ يَا أَعْوَرُ، فَقُلْتُ: نَعَمْ، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ حَدَّثَنَا، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهُ صَلَّى خَمْسًا فَوَشْوَشَ الْقَوْمُ بَعْضُهُمْ إِلَى بَعْضٍ، فَقَالُوا لَهُ: أَزِيدَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ؟ قَالَ: «لَا»، فَأَخْبَرُوهُ، فَثَنَى رِجْلَهُ، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1257

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1257

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1258

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1258. It was narrated that Mâlik bin Mighwal said: "I heard Ash-Sha'bi say: 'Alqamah bin Qais forgot (and made a mistake) in his prayer, and they told him about that after he had spoken, He said: 'Is that true, O odd-eyed one?' He said: 'Yes.' So he undid his cloak, then he performed two prostrations of forgetfulness, and said: 'This is what the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ did.' He said: And I heard Al-Hakam say: 'Alqamah had prayed five.'" (Sahih)

Arabic text

1257 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ مَالِكِ بْنِ مِغْوَلٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ الشَّعْبِيَّ، يَقُولُ: سَهَا عَلْقَمَةُ بْنُ قَيْسٍ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، فَذَكَرُوا لَهُ بَعْدَ مَا تَكَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: أَكَذَلِكَ يَا أَعْوَرُ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، فَحَلَّ حُبْوَتَهُ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ، وَقَالَ: «هَكَذَا فَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ» قَالَ: وَسَمِعْتُ الْحَكَمَ، يَقُولُ: كَانَ عَلْقَمَةُ صَلَّى خَمْسًا

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1258

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1258

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1259

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1259. It was narrated that Ibrâhîm said: "Alqamah prayed five (Rak'ahs) and when he said the Taslîm, Ibrâhîm bin Suwâid said: 'O Abû Shibl, you prayed five!' He said: 'Is that true, O odd-eyed one?' Then he prostrated two prostrations of forgetfulness, then he said: "This is what the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ did." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1258 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، أَنَّ عَلْقَمَةَ، صَلَّى خَمْسًا فَلَمَّا سَلَّمَ، قَالَ إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سُوَيْدٍ: يَا أَبَا شِبْلٍ صَلَّيْتَ خَمْسًا، فَقَالَ: أَكَذَلِكَ يَا أَعْوَرُ؟ " فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: هَكَذَا فَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1259

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1259

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1260

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1260. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ offered one of the afternoon prayers with five (Rak'ahs), and it was said to him: "Has something been added to the prayer?" He said: "Why are you asking?" They said: "You prayed five." He said: "I am only human, I forget as you forget, and I remember as you remember." Then he prostrated twice then ended his prayer. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1259 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ النَّهْشَلِيِّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، صَلَّى إِحْدَى صَلَاتَيِ الْعَشِيِّ خَمْسًا، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: أَزِيدَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ؟ قَالَ: «وَمَا ذَاكَ؟» قَالُوا: صَلَّيْتَ خَمْسًا، قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا أَنَا بَشَرٌ، أَنْسَى كَمَا تَنْسَوْنَ، وَأَذْكُرُ كَمَا تَذْكُرُونَ»، فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ ثُمَّ انْفَتَلَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1260

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1260

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 27

What Should A Person Do If He Forgets Part Of His Prayer

Hadith 1261

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1261. It was narrated from Muḥammad bin Yūsuf, the freed slave of 'Uthmān, from his father Yūsuf, that Mu'āwiyah prayed in front of them, and he stood up during the prayer when he should have sat. The people said Tasbīh, but he remained standing, then he prostrated twice while he was sitting, after he completed the prayer. Then he sat on the Minbar and said: "I heard the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ say: 'Whoever forgets something in his prayer, let him prostrate twice like this.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1260 - أَخْبَرَنَا الرَّبِيعُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعَيْبُ بْنُ اللَّيْثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يُوسُفَ، مَوْلَى عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ يُوسُفَ، أَنَّ مُعَاوِيَةَ صَلَّى أَمَامَهُمْ، فَقَامَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ وَعَلَيْهِ جُلُوسٌ، فَسَبَّحَ النَّاسُ، فَتَمَّ عَلَى قِيَامِهِ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ بَعْدَ أَنْ أَتَمَّ الصَّلَاةَ، ثُمَّ قَعَدَ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ، فَقَالَ: إِنِّي سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَنْ نَسِيَ شَيْئًا مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ فَلْيَسْجُدْ مِثْلَ هَاتَيْنِ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1261

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1261

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 28

The Takbīr For The Two Prostrations Of Forgetfulness

Hadith 1262

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1262. It was narrated from 'Abdur-Raḥmān Al-A'rāj that 'Abdullāh bin Būhainah told him that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up following two Rak'ahs of Zuhr and did not sit (for Tashahhud). When he finished the prayer he prostrated twice, saying Takbīr for each prostration, while he was sitting, before he said the Taslīm, and the people prostrated with him. (He did that) in place of the sitting that he had forgotten. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1261 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السَّرْحِ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو، وَيُونُسُ، وَاللَّيْثُ، أَنَّ ابْنَ شِهَابٍ أَخْبَرَهُمْ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْأَعْرَجِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ ابْنَ بُحَيْنَةَ حَدَّثَهُ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَامَ فِي الثِّنْتَيْنِ مِنَ الظُّهْرِ فَلَمْ يَجْلِسْ، فَلَمَّا قَضَى صَلَاتَهُ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ كَبَّرَ فِي كُلِّ سَجْدَةٍ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسَلِّمَ، وَسَجَدَهُمَا النَّاسُ مَعَهُ مَكَانَ مَا نَسِيَ مِنَ الْجُلُوسِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1262

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1262

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 29

How One Should Sit In The Final Rak'ah Of The Prayer

Hadith 1263

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1263. It was narrated that Abū Ḥumaid As-Sā'idī said: "At the end of the last two Rak'ahs of the prayer, the Prophet ﷺ would move his left foot forward and sit on his left buttock, Mutawarrikan, then he would say the Taslīm." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1262 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدَّوْرَقِيُّ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارِ بُنْدَارٌ، وَاللَّفْظُ لَهُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْحَمِيدِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ أَبِي حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيِّ، قَالَ: «كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا كَانَ فِي الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ اللَّتَيْنِ تَنْقَضِي فِيهِمَا الصَّلَاةُ أَخَّرَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى، وَقَعَدَ عَلَى شِقِّهِ مُتَوَرِّكًا، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1263

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1263

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1264

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1264. It was narrated that Wâ'il bin Hujr said: "I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ raise his hands when he started to pray, and when he bowed, and when he raised his head from bowing. And when he sat, he would lay his left foot on the ground and keep his right foot upright, and he placed his left hand on his left thigh, and his right hand on his right thigh, making a circle with his middle finger and thumb, and pointing." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1263 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ إِذَا افْتَتَحَ الصَّلَاةَ، وَإِذَا رَكَعَ، وَإِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ، وَإِذَا جَلَسَ أَضْجَعَ الْيُسْرَى، وَنَصَبَ الْيُمْنَى، وَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُسْرَى، وَيَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، وَعَقَدَ ثِنْتَيْنِ الْوُسْطَى وَالْإِبْهَامَ وَأَشَارَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1264

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1264

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 30

Placement Of The Forearms

Hadith 1265

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1265. It was narrated from Wâ'il bin Hujr that he saw the Prophet ﷺ sitting during the prayer. He lay his left foot on the ground and placed his forearms on his thighs, and pointed with his forefinger, supplicating with it. (Sahih)

Arabic text

١٢٦٤ - أَخْبَرَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ الرَّقِّيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌مُحَمَّدٌ - وَهُوَ ابْنُ يُوسُفَ الْفِرْيَابِيُّ -، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ‌سُفْيَانُ ، عَنْ ‌عَاصِمِ بْنِ كُلَيْبٍ ، عَنْ ‌أَبِيهِ ، عَنْ ‌وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ أَنَّهُ «رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَلَسَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَافْتَرَشَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى، وَوَضَعَ ذِرَاعَيْهِ عَلَى فَخِذَيْهِ، وَأَشَارَ بِالسَّبَّابَةِ يَدْعُو بِهَا».

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1265

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1265

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 31

Placement Of The Elbows

Hadith 1266

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1266. It was narrated that Wā'il bin Hujr said: "I said: 'I am going to watch the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and see how he prays.' The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ stood up and faced the Qiblah, then he raised his hands until they were in level with his ears, then he held his left hand with his right. When he wanted to bow, he raised them (his hands) likewise, then placed his hands on his knees. When he raised his head from bowing, he raised them (his hands) likewise. When he prostrated he put his hands in the same position in relation to his head, then he sat up and lay his left foot on the ground. He placed his left hand on his left thigh and his right elbow on his right thigh, and made a circle with two of his fingers. And I saw him doing like this" – and Bishr (one of the narrators) pointed with the forefinger of his right hand and made a circle with the thumb and middle finger. (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1265 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ كُلَيْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ وَائِلِ بْنِ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لَأَنْظُرَنَّ إِلَى صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَيْفَ يُصَلِّي؟ «فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَاسْتَقْبَلَ الْقِبْلَةَ، فَرَفَعَ يَدَيْهِ حَتَّى حَاذَتَا أُذُنَيْهِ، ثُمَّ أَخَذَ شِمَالَهُ بِيَمِينِهِ، فَلَمَّا أَرَادَ أَنْ يَرْكَعَ رَفَعَهُمَا مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، وَوَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، فَلَمَّا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ رَفَعَهُمَا مِثْلَ ذَلِكَ، فَلَمَّا سَجَدَ وَضَعَ رَأْسَهُ بِذَلِكَ الْمَنْزِلِ مِنْ يَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ جَلَسَ فَافْتَرَشَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى، وَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُسْرَى، وَحَدَّ مِرْفَقَهُ الْأَيْمَنَ عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، وَقَبَضَ ثِنْتَيْنِ وَحَلَّقَ»، وَرَأَيْتُهُ يَقُولُ هَكَذَا، وَأَشَارَ بِشْرٌ بِالسَّبَّابَةِ مِنَ الْيُمْنَى وَحَلَّقَ الْإِبْهَامَ وَالْوُسْطَى

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1266

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1266

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 32

Placement Of The Hands

Hadith 1267

DarussalamSahihAl-Albaniصحيح، مضى (٢ / ٢٣٧) بزيادة في متنه // (١١١١) //Al-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1267. 'Alî bin 'Abdur-Rahmân said: "I prayed beside Ibn 'Umar and I turned over the pebbles. Ibn 'Umar said to me: 'Do not turn over the pebbles, for turning over the pebbles comes from the Shaitân. Do what I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ do.' I said: 'What did you see the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ do?' He said: 'This' - and he held his right foot upright and lay his left foot on the ground, and placed his right hand on his right thigh and his left hand on his left thigh, and pointed with his forefinger." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1266 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مُسْلِمِ بْنِ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ ـ شَيْخٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ ـ ثُمَّ لَقِيتُ الشَّيْخَ، فَقَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَلِيَّ بْنَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، يَقُولُ: صَلَّيْتُ إِلَى جَنْبِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، فَقَلَّبْتُ الْحَصَى، فَقَالَ لِي ابْنُ عُمَرَ: لَا تُقَلِّبِ الْحَصَى، فَإِنَّ تَقْلِيبَ الْحَصَى مِنَ الشَّيْطَانِ، وَافْعَلْ كَمَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُ، قُلْتُ: وَكَيْفَ رَأَيْتَ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُ؟ قَالَ: هَكَذَا «وَنَصَبَ الْيُمْنَى، وَأَضْجَعَ الْيُسْرَى، وَوَضَعَ يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، وَيَدَهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُسْرَى، وَأَشَارَ بِالسَّبَّابَةِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1267

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1267

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 33

Clenching The Fingers Of The Right Hand Apart From The Forefinger

Hadith 1268

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1268. It was narrated that 'Alî bin 'Abdur-Rahmân said: "Ibn 'Umar saw me playing with the pebbles while praying. When he finished (praying), he told me not to do that and said: 'Do what the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to do.' I said: 'What did he used to do?' He said: 'When he sat during the prayer, he placed his right hand on his thigh and clenched all his fingers, and pointed with the finger that is next to the thumb, and he put his left hand on his left thigh.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1267 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ مُسْلِمِ بْنِ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَ: رَآنِي ابْنُ عُمَرَ وَأَنَا أَعْبَثُ بِالْحَصَى فِي الصَّلَاةِ، فَلَمَّا انْصَرَفَ نَهَانِي وَقَالَ: اصْنَعْ كَمَا كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَصْنَعُ، قُلْتُ: وَكَيْفَ كَانَ يَصْنَعُ؟ قَالَ: «كَانَ إِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ وَضَعَ كَفَّهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ، وَقَبَضَ ـ يَعْنِي أَصَابِعَهُ كُلَّهَا ـ وَأَشَارَ بِإِصْبَعِهِ الَّتِي تَلِي الْإِبْهَامَ، وَوَضَعَ كَفَّهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُسْرَى»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1268

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1268

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 34

Clenching Two Of The Fingers Of The Right Hand And Making A Circle With The Middle Finger And Thumb

Hadith 1269

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1269. Wā'il bin Hujr said: "I said: 'I am going to watch the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and see how he prayer. So, I watched him.'" and he described (his prayer): "Then he sat and lay his left foot on the ground, and placed his left hand on his left thigh and knee. He put his right elbow on his right thigh, then he made a circle with two fingers of his (right) hand, then he raised his finger and I saw him moving it, supplicating with it." (Narrated) In abridged form. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1268 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ زَائِدَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ كُلَيْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، أَنَّ وَائِلَ بْنَ حُجْرٍ قَالَ: قُلْتُ: لَأَنْظُرَنَّ إِلَى صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَيْفَ يُصَلِّي؟ فَنَظَرْتُ إِلَيْهِ فَوَصَفَ، قَالَ: «ثُمَّ قَعَدَ وَافْتَرَشَ رِجْلَهُ الْيُسْرَى، وَوَضَعَ كَفَّهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ وَرُكْبَتِهِ الْيُسْرَى، وَجَعَلَ حَدَّ مِرْفَقِهِ الْأَيْمَنِ عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، ثُمَّ قَبَضَ اثْنَتَيْنِ مِنْ أَصَابِعِهِ، وَحَلَّقَ حَلْقَةً، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ أُصْبُعَهُ فَرَأَيْتُهُ يُحَرِّكُهَا يَدْعُو بِهَا»، مُخْتَصَرٌ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1269

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1269

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 35

Laying The Left Hand On The Knee

Hadith 1270

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1270. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that when the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ sat during the prayer, he put his hands on his knees and raised the finger that is next to the thumb, and supplicates with it, and his left hand was on his knee laid on it. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1269 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ رَافِعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا جَلَسَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ وَضَعَ يَدَيْهِ عَلَى رُكْبَتَيْهِ، وَرَفَعَ أُصْبُعَهُ الَّتِي تَلِي الْإِبْهَامَ فَدَعَا بِهَا، وَيَدُهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى رُكْبَتِهِ بَاسِطُهَا عَلَيْهَا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1270

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1270

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1271

DarussalamDa'ifAl-Albani(رواية محمد بن عجلان) شاذ، بزيادة: "ولا يحركها" ، (رواية عمرو بن دينار) صحيح (رواية محمد بن عجلان) ، صحيح أبي داود (٩٠٩) ، ضعيف أبي داود (١٧٥) // عندنا برقم (٢٠٨ / ٩٨٩) //، (رواية عمرو بن دينار) ، صحيح أبي داود (٩٠٩)Al-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniShadh
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1271. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Az-Zubair that the Prophet ﷺ used to point with his finger when he supplicated, but he did not move it. Ibn Jurayj said: "And 'Amr added: 'Âmir bin 'Abdullâh bin Az-Zubair told me that his father saw the Prophet ﷺ supplicating like that, putting his weight on his left arm, leaning on his left leg." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1270 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَيُّوبُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الْوَزَّانُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجٌ، قَالَ ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ: أَخْبَرَنِي زِيَادٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُشِيرُ بِأُصْبُعِهِ إِذَا دَعَا، وَلَا يُحَرِّكُهَا»، قَالَ: ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ: وَزَادَ عَمْرٌو، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَامِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ «رَأَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَدْعُو كَذَلِكَ، وَيَتَحَامَلُ بِيَدِهِ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى رِجْلِهِ الْيُسْرَى»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1271

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1271

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 36

Pointing With The Finger During Tashahhud

Hadith 1272

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1272. It was narrated from Mâlik - bin Numair Al-Khuzâ'î - that his father said: "I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ putting his right hand on his right thigh when praying, and pointing with his finger." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1271 - أَخْبَرَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ الْمَوْصِلِيُّ، عَنْ الْمُعَافَى، عَنْ عِصَامِ بْنِ قُدَامَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ وَهُوَ ابْنُ نُمَيْرٍ الْخُزَاعِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَاضِعًا يَدَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَيُشِيرُ بِأُصْبُعِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1272

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1272

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 37

The Prohibition Of Pointing With Two Fingers, And With Which Finger One Should Point

Hadith 1273

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1273. It was narrated from Abû Hurairah that a man used to supplicate with two fingers, and the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Make it one, make it one." (Da'if)

Arabic text

1272 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا صَفْوَانُ بْنُ عِيسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ الْقَعْقَاعِ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا كَانَ يَدْعُو بِأُصْبُعَيْهِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «أَحِّدْ، أَحِّدْ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1273

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1273

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1274

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1274. It was narrated from Sa'd said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ passed by me when I was supplicating with my fingers and he said: ‘Make it one, Make it one’ and pointed with his forefinger.” (Da'if)

Arabic text

1273 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ الْمُخَرِّمِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ أَبِي صَالِحٍ، عَنْ سَعْدٍ قَالَ: مَرَّ عَلَيَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَنَا أَدْعُو بِأَصَابِعِي، فَقَالَ: «أَحِّدْ، أَحِّدْ»، وَأَشَارَ بِالسَّبَّابَةِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1274

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1274

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 38

Bending The Finger When Pointing

Hadith 1275

DarussalamHasanAl-Albaniمنكر بزيادة الإحناء، ضعيف أبي داود (١٧٦) // عندنا برقم (٢٠٩ / ٩٩١) //Al-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1275. Mâlik bin Numair Al-Khuzâ'î - one of the inhabitants of Al-Baṣrah - narrated that his father told him that he saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ sitting when praying, putting his right forearm on his right thigh and raising his forefinger, which he had bent slightly, and he was supplicating. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1274 - أَخْبَرَنِي أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى الصُّوفِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عِصَامُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ الْجَدَلِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكُ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ الْخُزَاعِيُّ ـ مِنْ أَهْلِ الْبَصْرَةِ ـ أَنَّ أَبَاهُ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّهُ «رَأَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَاعِدًا فِي الصَّلَاةِ، وَاضِعًا ذِرَاعَهُ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُمْنَى، رَافِعًا أُصْبُعَهُ السَّبَّابَةَ، قَدْ أَحْنَاهَا شَيْئًا وَهُوَ يَدْعُو»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1275

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1275

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 39

Where To Look When Pointing And Moving The Forefinger

Hadith 1276

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1276. It was narrated from 'Amir bin 'Abdullâh bin Az-Zubair, from his father, that when the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ sat to say the Tashahhud, he placed his left hand on his left thigh and pointed with his forefinger, and his gaze did not go beyond the finger with which he was pointing. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1275 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا قَعَدَ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ وَضَعَ كَفَّهُ الْيُسْرَى عَلَى فَخِذِهِ الْيُسْرَى، وَأَشَارَ بِالسَّبَّابَةِ لَا يُجَاوِزُ بَصَرُهُ إِشَارَتَهُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1276

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1276

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 40

The Prohibition Of Lifting One's Gaze To The Sky When Supplicating During The Prayer

Hadith 1277

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1277. It was narrated from Abû Hurairah that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "People should certainly stop lifting their gaze to the sky when they supplicate during the prayer, or they will lose their eyesight." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1276 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَمْرِو بْنِ السَّرْحِ، عَنْ ابْنِ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ الْأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «لَيَنْتَهِيَنَّ أَقْوَامٌ عَنْ رَفْعِ أَبْصَارِهِمْ عِنْدَ الدُّعَاءِ فِي الصَّلَاةِ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ أَوْ لَتُخْطَفَنَّ أَبْصَارُهُمْ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1277

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1277

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 41

The Obligation Of

Hadith 1278

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1278. It was narrated that Ibn Ma'sūd said: "Before the Tashahhud was enjoined, when we prayed we used to say: 'Peace (As-Salām) be upon Allāh, peace be upon Jibrīl, peace be upon Mīkā'īl.'" The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: 'Do not say this, for indeed Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, is As-Salām. Rather say: "At-tahiyātu lillāhi waṣ-salawātu waṭ-ṭayyibāt, as-salāmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibād illāhiṣ-sāliḥīn, aṣḥadu an lā ilāha illallāh, wa aṣḥadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa rasūluhu. (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh, and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1277 - أَخْبَرَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ أَبُو عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ الْمَخْزُومِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، وَمَنْصُورٌ، عَنْ شَقِيقِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ قَالَ: كُنَّا نَقُولُ فِي الصَّلَاةِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُفْرَضَ التَّشَهُّدُ: السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَى جِبْرِيلَ وَمِيكَائِيلَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " لَا تَقُولُوا هَكَذَا، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ هُوَ السَّلَامُ، وَلَكِنْ قُولُوا: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1278

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1278

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 42

Teaching the

Hadith 1279

DarussalamSâhîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1279. It was narrated that Ibn ‘Abbâs said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to teach us the Tashahhud just as he used to teach us a Sûrah from the Qur’ân.” (Sâhîh)

Arabic text

1279 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْفُضَيْلُ وَهُوَ ابْنُ عِيَاضٍ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ شَقِيقٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِنَّ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ هُوَ السَّلَامُ، فَإِذَا قَعَدَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَقُلْ: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، ثُمَّ لِيَتَخَيَّرْ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ مِنَ الْكَلَامِ مَا شَاءَ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1279

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1279

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 43

What Is Said For The Tashahhud

Hadith 1280

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1280. It was narrated that ‘Abdullâh said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: ‘Allâh, the Mighty and Sublime, is As-Salâm (the source of peace; the One free from all faults), so when any one of you sits (during the prayer), let him say: “At-tahiyâtu lillâhi waş-salawâtu waţ-tayyibât, as-salâmu ‘alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmat-Allâhi wa barakâtuhu. As-salâmu ‘alaina wa ‘ala ‘ibâd illâhiş-sâlihîn, ashhadu an lâ ilâha illallâh waḥdahu lâ sharîka lahu, wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan ‘abduhu wa rasûluhu (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allâh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh alone without partners, and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger).” Then after that let him choose whatever words he wants.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text is unavailable in this source.

Arabic text is unavailable in the supplied source files.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1280

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1280

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 44

Another VersionOf The Tashahhud

Hadith 1281

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1281. It was narrated from Ḥīṭān bin ‘Abdullāh that Al-Ash‘arī said: “The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ addressed us and taught us our Sunnahs and our prayer. He said: ‘When you stand for the prayer, make your rows straight, then let one of you lead the others. When he says the Takbīr, then say the Takbīr; when he says: “Wa lād-dāllīn” then say “Āmīn,” and Allāh will answer you. Then when he says the Takbīr and bows, then say the Takbīr and bow, for the Imām bows before you and stands up before you.’ The Prophet of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘This makes up for that. When he says: “Samī’ Allāhu liman ḥamidah (Allāh hears the one who praises Him),” say: “Allāhumma, Rabbanā wa lakal-ḥamd (O Allāh, our Lord, to You be praise),” Allāh will hear you, for indeed Allāh, the Mighty and Sublime, has said on the tongue of His Prophet: "Allāh hears the one who praises Him." Then when he says the Takbīr and prostrates, say the Takbīr and prostrate, for the Imām prostrates before you and rises before you.' The Prophet of Allāh ﷺ said: "This makes up for that. Then when you are sitting, let the following be among what one of you says: At-tahīyyātuṭ-tayyibātūs-salawātu lillāhi, as-salāmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa raḥmat-Allāhi wa barakātuhu. As-salāmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibād illāhiṣ-ṣāliḥīn, ashḥadu an lā ilāha illallāh wa ashḥadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa rasūluhu (All compliments, good words and prayers are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1280 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، ح وَأَنْبَأَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ حِطَّانَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ الْأَشْعَرِيَّ قَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَطَبَنَا فَعَلَّمَنَا سُنَّتَنَا وَبَيَّنَ لَنَا صَلَاتَنَا، فَقَالَ: " إِذَا قُمْتُمْ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ فَأَقِيمُوا صُفُوفَكُمْ، ثُمَّ لِيَؤُمَّكُمْ أَحَدُكُمْ، فَإِذَا كَبَّرَ فَكَبِّرُوا، وَإِذَا قَالَ: {وَلَا الضَّالِّينَ} [الفاتحة: 7]، فَقُولُوا: آمِينَ، يُجِبْكُمُ اللَّهُ، ثُمَّ إِذَا كَبَّرَ وَرَكَعَ، فَكَبِّرُوا وَارْكَعُوا، فَإِنَّ الْإِمَامَ يَرْكَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ وَيَرْفَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ "، قَالَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، وَإِذَا قَالَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ فَقُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ قَالَ عَلَى لِسَانِ نَبِيِّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ، ثُمَّ إِذَا كَبَّرَ وَسَجَدَ، فَكَبِّرُوا وَاسْجُدُوا، فَإِنَّ الْإِمَامَ يَسْجُدُ قَبْلَكُمْ وَيَرْفَعُ قَبْلَكُمْ "، قَالَ نَبِيُّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " فَتِلْكَ بِتِلْكَ، وَإِذَا كَانَ عِنْدَ الْقَعْدَةِ فَلْيَكُنْ مِنْ قَوْلِ أَحَدِكُمْ أَنْ يَقُولَ: التَّحِيَّاتُ الطَّيِّبَاتُ الصَّلَوَاتُ لِلَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1281

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1281

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 45

Another Version Of The Tashahhud

Hadith 1282

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1282. It was narrated that Jābir said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to teach us the Tashahhud just as he would teach us a Sūrah of the Qur'an: 'Bismillāh, wa billāhi. At-tahīyyātu lillāhi was-salawātu waṭ-tayyibāt, as-salāmu 'alaika ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa raḥmat- Allâhi wa barakâtuhu. As-salâmu 'alaina wa 'ala 'ibâd illâhiş-sâlihin, wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa rasûluh. A'sal Allâh-jannah wa a'ûdhu billâhi min an-nâr (In the name of Allâh and by the help of Allâh. All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allâh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allâh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allâh. I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allâh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger. I ask Allâh for Paradise and I seek refuge with Allâh from the Fire).” (Da'if)

Arabic text

1281 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَيْمَنُ ابْنُ نَابِلٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُعَلِّمُنَا التَّشَهُّدَ كَمَا يُعَلِّمُنَا السُّورَةَ مِنَ الْقُرْآنِ، بِسْمِ اللَّهِ وَبِاللَّهِ، التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَأَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، وَأَسْأَلُ اللَّهَ الْجَنَّةَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِهِ مِنَ النَّارِ»، قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ: «لَا نَعْلَمُ أَحَدًا تَابَعَ أَيْمَنَ بْنَ نَابِلٍ عَلَى هَذِهِ الرِّوَايَةِ، وَأَيْمَنُ عِنْدَنَا لَا بَأْسَ بِهِ، وَالْحَدِيثُ خَطَأٌ وَبِاللَّهِ التَّوْفِيقُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1282

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1282

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 46

Sending Salâms Upon The Prophet ﷺ

Hadith 1283

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1283. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Allâh has angels who travel around on Earth conveying to me the Salâms of my Ummah.'" (Shâih)

Arabic text

1282 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْحَكَمِ الْوَرَّاقُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، ح وأَخْبَرَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا وَكِيعٌ، وَعَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ زَاذَانَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِنَّ لِلَّهِ مَلَائِكَةً سَيَّاحِينَ فِي الْأَرْضِ يُبَلِّغُونِي مِنْ أُمَّتِي السَّلَامَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1283

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1283

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 47

The Virtue Of Sending Salâms Upon The Prophet ﷺ

Hadith 1284

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1284. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Abî Tâlah, from his father, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came one day with a cheerful expression on his face, and we said: "We see you looking cheerful." He said: "The Angel came to me and said: 'O Muḥammad, your Lord says: 'Will it not please you (to know) that no one will send Salâh upon you but I will send Salâh upon him tenfold, and no one will send Salâms upon you but I will send Salâms upon him tenfold?''" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1283 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ الْكَوْسَجُ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَفَّانُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ثَابِتٌ، قَالَ: قَدِمَ عَلَيْنَا سُلَيْمَانُ، مَوْلَى الْحَسَنِ ابْنِ عَلِيٍّ زَمَنَ الْحَجَّاجِ فَحَدَّثَنَا، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَاءَ ذَاتَ يَوْمٍ وَالْبُشْرَى فِي وَجْهِهِ، فَقُلْنَا: إِنَّا لَنَرَى الْبُشْرَى فِي وَجْهِكَ، فَقَالَ: " إِنَّهُ أَتَانِي الْمَلَكُ، فَقَالَ: يَا مُحَمَّدُ، إِنَّ رَبَّكَ يَقُولُ: أَمَا يُرْضِيكَ أَنَّهُ لَا يُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ أَحَدٌ إِلَّا صَلَّيْتُ عَلَيْهِ عَشْرًا، وَلَا يُسَلِّمُ عَلَيْكَ أَحَدٌ، إِلَّا سَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ عَشْرًا "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1284

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1284

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 48

Glorifying Allâh And Sending Salâh Upon The Prophet ﷺ In The Prayer

Hadith 1285

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1285. Faḍālah bin 'Ubaid said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ heard a man supplicating during the prayer without glorifying Allâh nor sending Salâh upon the Prophet ﷺ. The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'You are in a hurry, O worshipper.' Then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ taught them. And the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ heard a man praying; he glorified and praised Allâh and sent Salâh upon the Prophet ﷺ. The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Supplicate, you will be answered; ask, you will be given.'" (Salâh)

Arabic text

1284 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هَانِئٍ، أَنَّ أَبَا عَلِيٍّ الْجَنْبِيَّ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ فَضَالَةَ بْنَ عُبَيْدٍ، يَقُولُ: سَمِعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَجُلًا يَدْعُو فِي صَلَاتِهِ لَمْ يُمَجِّدِ اللَّهَ، وَلَمْ يُصَلِّ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «عَجِلْتَ أَيُّهَا الْمُصَلِّي»، ثُمَّ عَلَّمَهُمْ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَسَمِعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَجُلًا يُصَلِّي، فَمَجَّدَ اللَّهَ وَحَمِدَهُ، وَصَلَّى عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «ادْعُ تُجَبْ، وَسَلْ تُعْطَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1285

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1285

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 49

The Command To Send Salâh Upon The Prophet ﷺ

Hadith 1286

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1286. It was narrated that Abû Mas'ûd Al-Anṣârî said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came to us in the Majlis of Sa'd bin 'Ubâdah and Bashîr bin Sa'd said to him: 'Allâh has commanded us to send Salâh upon you, O Messenger of Allâh; so how should we send Ṣalāh upon you? The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ remained silent until we wished that he had not asked him. Then he said: 'Say: ‘Allāhumma ṣalli ‘ala Muḥammad wa ‘ala āli Muḥammad, kamā ṣallaita ‘ala āli Ibrāhīm, wa bārik ‘ala Muḥammad wa ‘ala āli Muḥammad kama bārakta ‘ala āli Ibrāhīm fil-ālamīn, innaka ḥamīdun majīd (O Allāh, send Ṣalāh upon Muḥammad and upon the family of Muḥammad, as You sent Ṣalāh upon the family of Ibrāhīm, and send blessings upon Muḥammad and upon the family of Muḥammad as You sent blessings upon the family of Ibrāhīm among the nations. You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory).'" And the Ṣalām is as you know.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1285 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، وَالْحَارِثُ بْنُ مِسْكِينٍ، قِرَاءَةً عَلَيْهِ وَأَنَا أَسْمَعُ، وَاللَّفْظُ لَهُ، عَنْ ابْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نُعَيْمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ الْمُجْمِرِ، أَنَّ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ الْأَنْصَارِيَّ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ زَيْدٍ ـ الَّذِي أُرِيَ النِّدَاءَ بِالصَّلَاةِ ـ أَخْبَرَهُ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: أَتَانَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي مَجْلِسِ سَعْدِ بْنِ عُبَادَةَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ بَشِيرُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ: أَمَرَنَا اللَّهُ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ أَنْ نُصَلِّيَ عَلَيْكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ فَكَيْفَ نُصَلِّ عَلَيْكَ؟ فَسَكَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى تَمَنَّيْنَا أَنَّهُ لَمْ يَسْأَلْهُ ثُمَّ قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ فِي الْعَالَمِينَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، وَالسَّلَامُ كَمَا عَلِمْتُمْ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1286

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1286

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 50

How To Send Ṣalāh Upon The Prophet ﷺ

Hadith 1287

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1287. It was narrated that Abū Mas'ūd Al-Anṣārī said: "It was said to the Prophet ﷺ: 'We have been commanded to send Ṣalāh and Ṣalāms upon you. We know how to send Ṣalāms, but how should we send Ṣalāh? He said: 'Say: Allāhumma ṣalli 'ala Muḥammad kamā ṣallaita 'ala āli Ibrāhīm. Allāhumma bārik 'ala Muḥammad kama bārakta 'ala āli Ibrāhīm (O Allāh, send Ṣalāh upon Muḥammad as You sent Ṣalāh upon the family of Ibrāhīm. O Allāh, send blessings upon Muḥammad as You sent blessings upon the family of Ibrāhīm).'(Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1286 - أَخْبَرَنَا زِيَادُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْوَهَّابِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْمَجِيدِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ حَسَّانَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ بِشْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَسْعُودٍ الْأَنْصَارِيِّ قَالَ: قِيلَ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أُمِرْنَا أَنْ نُصَلِّيَ عَلَيْكَ وَنُسَلِّمَ، أَمَّا السَّلَامُ فَقَدْ عَرَفْنَاهُ، فَكَيْفَ نُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ؟ قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، اللَّهُمَّ بَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1287

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1287

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 51

Another Version

Hadith 1288

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1288. It was narrated that Ka'b bin 'Ujrah said: "We said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, we know about sending Ṣalāms upon you, but how should we send Ṣalāh upon you?' He said: 'Say: Allāhumma ṣalli 'ala Muḥammad wa 'ala āli Muḥammad kamā ṣallaita 'ala āli Ibrāhīma, innaka ḥamīdun majīd; Allāhumma bārik 'ala Muḥammad wa 'ala āli Muḥammad kamā bārakta 'ala āli Ibrāhīm, innaka ḥamīdun majīd (O Allāh, send Ṣalāh upon Muḥammad and the family of Muḥammad as You sent Ṣalāh upon the family of Ibrāhīm, You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory. O Allāh, send blessings upon Muḥammad and the family of Muḥammad as You sent prayers upon the family of Ibrāhīm, You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory).'" (One of the narrators) Ibn Abī Laila said: "We used to say: 'And also upon us.'" Abū 'Abdur-Raḥmān (An-Nasā'ī) said: It was narrated from his book, and this is a mistake.[1] (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1287 - أَخْبَرَنَا الْقَاسِمُ بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا بْنِ دِينَارٍ، مِنْ كِتَابِهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ قَالَ: قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ قَدْ عَرَفْنَاهُ، فَكَيْفَ الصَّلَاةُ؟ قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، اللَّهُمَّ بَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ "، قَالَ ابْنُ أَبِي لَيْلَى: وَنَحْنُ نَقُولُ، وَعَلَيْنَا مَعَهُمْ، قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ: «حَدَّثَنَا بِهِ مِنْ كِتَابِهِ وَهَذَا خَطَأٌ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1288

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1288

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1289

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1289. It was narrated that Ka'b bin 'Ujrah said: "We said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, we know about sending Salāms upon you, but how should we send Ṣalāh upon you?' He said: 'Say: 'Allāhumma ṣalli 'ala Muḥammad wa 'ala āli Muḥammad kamā ṣallaita 'ala Ibrāhīm wa 'ala āli Ibrāhīma, innaka ḥamīdun majīd; Allāhumnna bārik 'ala Muḥammad wa 'ala āli Muḥammad kamā bārakta 'ala Ibrāhīm wa 'ala āli Ibrāhīm, innaka ḥamīdun majīd (O Allāh, send Ṣalāh upon Muḥammad and the family of Muḥammad as You sent Ṣalāh upon Ibrāhīm and the family of Ibrāhīm, You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory. O Allāh, send blessings upon Muḥammad and the family of Muḥammad as You sent prayers upon Ibrāhīm and the family of Ibrāhīm, You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory).'" (One of the narrators) 'Abdur-Raḥmān[1] said: "We used to say: 'And also upon us.'" Abū 'Abdur-Raḥmān (An-Nasāʾī) said: This is more worthy of being correct than the one that is before it. And we do not know of anyone who said "Amr bin Murrah" in it other than in this case. And Allāh knows best.[2] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1288 - أَخْبَرَنَا الْقَاسِمُ بْنُ زَكَرِيَّا، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنٌ، عَنْ زَائِدَةَ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ قَالَ: قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ قَدْ عَرَفْنَاهُ، فَكَيْفَ الصَّلَاةُ عَلَيْكَ؟ قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَآلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَآلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ "، قَالَ عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ: وَنَحْنُ نَقُولُ وَعَلَيْنَا مَعَهُمْ قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ: «وَهَذَا أَوْلَى بِالصَّوَابِ مِنَ الَّذِي قَبْلَهُ، وَلَا نَعْلَمُ أَحَدًا قَالَ فِيهِ عَمْرُو بْنُ مُرَّةَ غَيْرَ هَذَا وَاللَّهُ تَعَالَى أَعْلَمُ»

Footnotes

1 [1] In his chain he said: "Al-Qāsim bin Zakariyā bin Dīnār informed us, from his book."

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1289

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1289

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1290

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1290. It was narrated that Ibn Abī Laila said: "Ka'b bin 'Ujrah said to me: 'Shall I not give you a gift?' We said: "O Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, we know how to send Salāms upon you, but how shall we send Ṣalāh upon you?" He said: "Say: 'Allāhummaḥ ṣalli 'ala Muḥammad wa 'ala āli Muḥammad kamā ṣalaita 'ala āli Ibrāhīma, innaka ḥamīdun majīd; Allāhumma bārik 'ala Muḥammad wa 'ala āli Muḥammad kamā bārakta 'ala āli Ibrāhīm, innaka ḥamīdun majīd (O Allāh, send Ṣalāh upon Muḥammad and the family of Muḥammad as You sent Ṣalāh upon the family of Ibrāhīm, You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory. O Allāh, send blessings upon Muḥammad and the family of Muḥammad as You sent prayers upon the family of Ibrāhīm, You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory).'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1289 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ ابْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، قَالَ: قَالَ لِي كَعْبُ بْنُ عُجْرَةَ: أَلَا أُهْدِي لَكَ هَدِيَّةً؟ قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَدْ عَرَفْنَا كَيْفَ السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ، فَكَيْفَ نُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ؟ قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَآلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، اللَّهُمَّ بَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَآلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ "

Footnotes

1 [1] That is 'Abdur-Raḥmān Ibn Abī Laila, as in the previous narration.

2 [2] That is, the first contained that name in the chain, while the second did not.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1290

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1290

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 52

Another Version

Hadith 1291

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1291. It was narrated from Mūsâ bin Ṭalhah that his father said: "We said: 'O Messenger of Allâh, how should we send Ṣalâh upon you?' He said: 'Say: Allâhumma ṣalli 'ala Muḥammad wa 'ala âli Muḥammad kamâ ṣalaita 'ala Ibrâhîm wa âli Ibrâhîma, innaka ḥamîdun majîd; wa bârik 'ala Muḥammad wa 'ala âli Muḥammad kamâ bârakta 'ala Ibrâhîm wa âli Ibrâhîm, innaka ḥamîdun majîd (O Allâh, send Ṣalâh upon Muḥammad and the family of Muḥammad as You sent Ṣalâh upon Ibrâhîm and the family of Ibrâhîm, You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory; and send blessings upon Muḥammad and the family of Muḥammad as You sent blessings upon Ibrâhîm and the family of Ibrâhîm, You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory)." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1290 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بِشْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُجَمِّعُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ مَوْهَبٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، كَيْفَ الصَّلَاةُ عَلَيْكَ؟ قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَآلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ وَآلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1291

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1291

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1292

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1292. It was narrated from Mūsâ bin Ṭalhah, from his father, that a man came to the Prophet of Allâh ﷺ and said: "How should we send blessings upon you, O Prophet of Allâh?" He said: "Say: Allâhumma ṣalli 'ala Muḥammad wa 'ala âli Muḥammad kamâ ṣalaita 'ala Ibrâhîm wa âli Ibrâhîm, innaka ḥamîdun majîd; wa bârik 'ala Muḥammad wa 'ala âli Muḥammad kamâ bârakta 'ala Ibrâhîm wa âli Ibrâhîm, innaka ḥamîdun majîd (O Allâh, send Ṣalâh upon Muḥammad and the family of Muḥammad as You sent Salāh upon Ibrāhīm, You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory; and send blessings upon Muḥammad and the family of Muḥammad as You sent blessings upon Ibrāhīm, You are indeed Worthy of Praise, Full of Glory).”(Hasan)

Arabic text

1291 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمِّي، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ مَوْهَبٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا أَتَى نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: كَيْفَ نُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ يَا نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ؟ قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ، كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1292

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1292

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1293

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1293. It was narrated that Mūsā bin Talḥah said: “I asked Zaid bin Khārijah who said: ‘I asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ and he said: Send Salāh upon me and strive hard in supplication, and say: Allāhumma ṣalli ‘ala Muḥammad wa ‘ala āli Muḥammad (O Allāh, send Salāh upon Muḥammad and upon the family of Muḥammad).”(Hasan)

Arabic text

1292 - أَخْبَرَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ الْأُمَوِيُّ، فِي حَدِيثِهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ بْنِ حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ طَلْحَةَ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ زَيْدَ بْنَ خَارِجَةَ قَالَ: أَنَا سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: " صَلُّوا عَلَيَّ وَاجْتَهِدُوا فِي الدُّعَاءِ، وَقُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَعَلَى آلِ مُحَمَّدٍ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1293

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1293

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 53

Another Version

Hadith 1294

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1294. It was narrated that Abū Sa‘eed Al-Khudrī said: “We said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh, we know how to send Salāms upon you, but how should we send Salāh upon you?’ He said: ‘Say: “Allāhumma ṣalli ‘ala Muḥammadin ‘abdika wa rasūlika kamā ṣalaita ‘ala Ibrāhīm, wa bārik ‘ala Muḥmadin wa ‘ala āli Muḥmadin kamā bārakta ‘ala Ibrāhīm (O Allāh, send Salāh upon Muḥammad, Your slave and Messenger, as You sent Ṣalāh upon Ibrāhīm, and send blessings upon Muḥammad and upon the family of Muḥammad as You sent blessings upon Ibrāhīm).” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1293 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرٌ وَهُوَ ابْنُ مُضَرَ، عَنْ ابْنِ الْهَادِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ خَبَّابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ قَالَ: قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ قَدْ عَرَفْنَاهُ، فَكَيْفَ الصَّلَاةُ عَلَيْكَ؟ قَالَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ عَبْدِكَ وَرَسُولِكَ كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَآلِ مُحَمَّدٍ كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى إِبْرَاهِيمَ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1294

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1294

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 54

Another Version

Hadith 1295

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1295. It was narrated that ‘Amr bin Sulaim Az-Zuraqī said: “Abū Humaid As-Sā'idī told me that they said: ‘O Messenger of Allāh, how should we send Ṣalāh upon you?’ The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: ‘Say: Allāhumma ṣalli ‘ala Muḥammadin wa azwājihi wa dhurriyyatihi (O Allāh, send Ṣalāh upon Muḥammad and his wives and progeny) – in the narration of Al-Ḥārith (one of the two who narrated it) – kamā ṣalaita ‘ala āli Ibrāhīm wa bārik ‘ala Muḥammad wa azwājihi wa dhurriyyatihi (as You sent Ṣalāh upon Ibrāhīm, and send blessings upon Muḥammad and his wives and progeny) – both of them said that – kamā bārakta ‘ala āli Ibrāhīma innaka ḥamīdun majīd (as You sent blessings upon Ibrāhīm, You are indeed Worthy praise, Full of glory).” Abū ‘Abdur-Raḥmān (An-Nasā’ī) said: Qutaibah informed us of this Ḥadīth two times, and perhaps he had missed part of it.[1] (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1294 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، وَالْحَارِثُ بْنُ مِسْكِينٍ، قِرَاءَةً عَلَيْهِ وَأَنَا أَسْمَعُ، عَنْ ابْنِ الْقَاسِمِ، حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ سُلَيْمٍ الزُّرَقِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبُو حُمَيْدٍ السَّاعِدِيُّ، أَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، كَيْفَ نُصَلِّي عَلَيْكَ؟ فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " قُولُوا: اللَّهُمَّ صَلِّ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ وَأَزْوَاجِهِ وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ "، فِي حَدِيثِ الْحَارِثِ: «كَمَا صَلَّيْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَبَارِكْ عَلَى مُحَمَّدٍ، وَأَزْوَاجِهِ، وَذُرِّيَّتِهِ»، قَالَا جَمِيعًا: «كَمَا بَارَكْتَ عَلَى آلِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ إِنَّكَ حَمِيدٌ مَجِيدٌ»، قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ: أَنْبَأَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بِهَذَا الْحَدِيثِ مَرَّتَيْنِ وَلَعَلَّهُ أَنْ يَكُونَ قَدْ سَقَطَ عَلَيْهِ مِنْهُ شَطْرٌ

Footnotes

1 [1] That is Qutaibah and Al-Ḥārith both narrated the Ḥadīth to An-Nasā’ī, with the discrepancies he indicated between their narrations.

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1295

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1295

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 55

The Virtue Of Sending Salâh Upon The Prophet ﷺ

Hadith 1296

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1296. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin Abî Talhah, from his father, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came one day with a joyful expression on his face. He said: "Jibrîl came to me and said: 'Will it not please you, O Muḥammad, (to know) that no one of your Ummah will send Salâh upon you but I will send Salâh upon him tenfold, and no one will send Salâms upon you but I will send Salâms upon him tenfold?'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1295 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ يَعْنِي ابْنَ الْمُبَارَكِ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، مَوْلَى الْحَسَنِ بْنِ عَلِيٍّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَاءَ ذَاتَ يَوْمٍ وَالْبِشْرُ يُرَى فِي وَجْهِهِ، فَقَالَ: " إِنَّهُ جَاءَنِي جِبْرِيلُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: أَمَا يُرْضِيكَ يَا مُحَمَّدُ أَنْ لَا يُصَلِّيَ عَلَيْكَ أَحَدٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِكَ إِلَّا صَلَّيْتُ عَلَيْهِ عَشْرًا، وَلَا يُسَلِّمَ عَلَيْكَ أَحَدٌ مِنْ أُمَّتِكَ إِلَّا سَلَّمْتُ عَلَيْهِ عَشْرًا "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1296

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1296

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1297

DarussalamṢaḥîḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1297. It was narrated from Abû Hurairah that the Prophet ﷺ said: "Whoever sends Salâh upon me once, Allâh will send Salâh upon him tenfold." (Ṣaḥîḥ)

Arabic text

1296 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى عَلَيَّ وَاحِدَةً صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ عَشْرًا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1297

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1297

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1298

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1298. Anas bin Mâlik said: The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Whoever sends Salâh upon me once, Allâh will send Salâh upon him tenfold, and will erase ten sins from him, and will raise him ten degrees in status." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1297 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ أَبِي إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ بُرَيْدِ بْنِ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ صَلَّى عَلَيَّ صَلَاةً وَاحِدَةً صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ عَشْرَ صَلَوَاتٍ، وَحُطَّتْ عَنْهُ عَشْرُ خَطِيئَاتٍ، وَرُفِعَتْ لَهُ عَشْرُ دَرَجَاتٍ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1298

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1298

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 56

Choosing A Supplication After Sending Salâh Upon The Prophet ﷺ

Hadith 1299

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1299. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "When we sat during the prayer with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, we used to say: 'Peace (Salâm) be upon Allâh, peace be upon so-and-so and so-and-so.' The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Do not say: Peace (Salâm) be upon Allâh, for Allâh is As-Salâm (the Source of Peace; the One free from all faults). Rather say: At-tahiyâtu lillâhi waş-salawâtu waţayyibâtu, as-salâmu 'alayka ayyuhan-Nabiyyu wa rahmat-Allâhi wa barakâtuhu. As-salâmu 'alayna wa 'ala 'ibâdillâhiş-sâlihiñ (All compliments, prayers and pure words are due to Allāh. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allāh and His blessings. Peace be upon us and upon the righteous slaves of Allāh). If you say that, it will be for every righteous slave in the heavens and on Earth, "Ashhadu an lā ilāha ill-Allāh wa ashhadu anna Muḥammadan 'abduhu wa rasūluhu (I bear witness that none has the right to be worshipped except Allāh and I bear witness that Muḥammad is His slave and Messenger). Then let him choose any supplication that he likes to say after that." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1298 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ الدَّوْرَقِيُّ، وَعَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، وَاللَّفْظُ لَهُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ الْأَعْمَشُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي شَقِيقٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: كُنَّا إِذَا جَلَسْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي الصَّلَاةِ، قُلْنَا: السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ مِنْ عِبَادِهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَى فُلَانٍ وَفُلَانٍ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " لَا تَقُولُوا السَّلَامُ عَلَى اللَّهِ، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ السَّلَامُ، وَلَكِنْ إِذَا جَلَسَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَقُلْ: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ، فَإِنَّكُمْ إِذَا قُلْتُمْ ذَلِكَ أَصَابَتْ كُلَّ عَبْدٍ صَالِحٍ فِي السَّمَاءِ وَالْأَرْضِ، أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ، ثُمَّ لِيَتَخَيَّرْ مِنَ الدُّعَاءِ بَعْدُ أَعْجَبَهُ إِلَيْهِ يَدْعُو بِهِ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1299

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1299

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 57

RemembranceAfter The Tashahhud

Hadith 1300

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniHasan chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1300. It was narrated that Anas bin Mālik said: "Umm Sulaim came to the Prophet ﷺ and said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, teach me some words that I may supplicate with during my prayer.' He said: 'Glorify Allāh (by saying Subhān-Allāh) ten times, and praise Him (by saying Al-ḥamdu lillāh) ten times, and magnify Him (by saying Allāhu Akbar) ten times, then ask Him for what you need; He will say: "Yes, yes." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1299 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ بْنُ وَكِيعِ بْنِ الْجَرَّاحِ، أَخُو سُفْيَانَ بْنِ وَكِيعٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ، عَنْ إِسْحَقَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: جَاءَتْ أُمُّ سُلَيْمٍ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، عَلِّمْنِي كَلِمَاتٍ أَدْعُو بِهِنَّ فِي صَلَاتِي؟ قَالَ: " سَبِّحِي اللَّهَ عَشْرًا، وَاحْمَدِيهِ عَشْرًا، وَكَبِّرِيهِ عَشْرًا، ثُمَّ سَلِيهِ حَاجَتَكِ يَقُلْ: نَعَمْ، نَعَمْ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1300

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1300

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 58

Supplication After Remembrance

Hadith 1301

DarussalamŠahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1301. It was narrated that Anas bin Mâlik said: "I was sitting with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and a man was standing and praying. When he bowed, prostrated and recited the Tashahhud, he supplicated, and in his supplication he said: 'Allâhumma innî asa'luka bi-anna lakal-ḥamd, lâilâha illâ ant, al-mannânu badî'us-samâwâti wal-ard, yâ dhâl-jalâli wal-ikrâm! Yâ hayyu yâ qayyum! Innî as'aluka. (O Allâh, indeed I ask You since all praise is due to You, there is none worthy of worship but You, the Bestower, the Creator of the heavens and the Earth, O Possessor of majesty and honor, O Ever-living, O Eternal, I ask of You.)' The Prophet ﷺ said: 'Do you know what he has supplicated with?' They said: 'Allâh and His Messenger know best.' He said: 'By the One in Whose Hand is my soul, he called upon Allāh by His greatest name which, if He is called by it, He responds, and if He is asked by it, He gives.” (Šahīh)

Arabic text

1300 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَلَفُ بْنُ خَلِيفَةَ، عَنْ حَفْصِ بْنِ أَخِي أَنَسٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَالِسًا ـ يَعْنِي ـ وَرَجُلٌ قَائِمٌ يُصَلِّي، فَلَمَّا رَكَعَ وَسَجَدَ وَتَشَهَّدَ دَعَا، فَقَالَ فِي دُعَائِهِ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ بِأَنَّ لَكَ الْحَمْدَ لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا أَنْتَ الْمَنَّانُ بَدِيعُ السَّمَاوَاتِ وَالْأَرْضِ، يَا ذَا الْجَلَالِ وَالْإِكْرَامِ، يَا حَيُّ يَا قَيُّومُ، إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِأَصْحَابِهِ: «تَدْرُونَ بِمَا دَعَا؟» قَالُوا: اللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، قَالَ: «وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ، لَقَدْ دَعَا اللَّهَ بِاسْمِهِ الْعَظِيمِ، الَّذِي إِذَا دُعِيَ بِهِ أَجَابَ، وَإِذَا سُئِلَ بِهِ أَعْطَى»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1301

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1301

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1302

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1302. Hanzalah bin ‘Alī narrated that Mihjan bin Al-Adra’ narrated to him that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ entered the Masjid and there was a man who had finished his prayer and he was reciting the Tashahhud. He said: “Allāumma, innī as‘aluka ya Allāh! Bi-annakal-Wāhidul-Aḥad uṣ-Ṣamad, alladhī lam yalid wa lam yuṣṣad, wa lam yakun lahu kufuwan aḥad, an taghfiralī dhunūbī, innaka antal-Ghafūrur-Raḥīm (O Allāh, I ask of You, O Allāh, as You are the One, the Only, the Self-Sufficient Master, Who begets not nor was he begotten, and there is none equal or comparable to Him, forgive me my sins, for You are the Oft-Forgiving, Most Merciful.)” The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: “He has been forgiven,” three times.

Arabic text

1301 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ يَزِيدَ أَبُو بُرَيْدٍ الْبَصْرِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الصَّمَدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الْوَارِثِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حُسَيْنٌ الْمُعَلِّمُ، عَنْ ابْنِ بُرَيْدَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي حَنْظَلَةُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، أَنَّ مِحْجَنَ بْنَ الْأَدْرَعِ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ، إِذَا رَجُلٌ قَدْ قَضَى صَلَاتَهُ وَهُوَ يَتَشَهَّدُ، فَقَالَ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ يَا أَللَّهُ بِأَنَّكَ الْوَاحِدُ الْأَحَدُ الصَّمَدُ، الَّذِي لَمْ يَلِدْ وَلَمْ يُولَدْ وَلَمْ يَكُنْ لَهُ كُفُوًا أَحَدٌ، أَنْ تَغْفِرَ لِي ذُنُوبِي، إِنَّكَ أَنْتَ الْغَفُورُ الرَّحِيمُ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «قَدْ غُفِرَ لَهُ»، ثَلَاثًا

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1302

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1302

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 59

Another Kind Of Supplication

Hadith 1303

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1303. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh bin 'Amr, from Abû Bakr Aş-Şiddîq, may Allâh be pleased with them both, that he said to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ: "Teach me a supplication that I may recite in my prayer." He said: "Say: Allâhumma innî zalamtu nafsi zulman kathîran wa lâ yaghfirudh-dhunûba illa anta faghfirlî maghfiratan min 'indika warhamnî, innaka antal-Ghafûrur-Rahîm (O Allâh, verily I have wronged myself much and there is none who forgives sins except You. Grant me forgiveness from You and have mercy on me, for You are the Oft-Forgiving, Most Merciful)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1302 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ يَزِيدَ بْنِ أَبِي حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الْخَيْرِ، عَنْ عبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّهُ قَالَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: عَلِّمْنِي دُعَاءً أَدْعُو بِهِ فِي صَلَاتِي، قَالَ: " قُلْ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي ظَلَمْتُ نَفْسِي ظُلْمًا كَثِيرًا وَلَا يَغْفِرُ الذُّنُوبَ إِلَّا أَنْتَ، فَاغْفِرْ لِي مَغْفِرَةً مِنْ عِنْدِكَ وَارْحَمْنِي، إِنَّكَ أَنْتَ الْغَفُورُ الرَّحِيمُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1303

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1303

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 60

Another Kind Of Supplication

Hadith 1304

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1304. It was narrated that Mu'âdh bin Jabal said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ took my hand and said: 'I love you, O Mu'âdh!' I said: 'And I love you, O Messenger of Allâh ﷺ.' Then the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'Never forget to say in every prayer: Rabbî a'innî 'ala dhikrika wa shukrika wa husni 'ibâdatik (My Lord, help me to remember You, give thanks to You and worship You well)." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1303 - أَخْبَرَنَا يُونُسُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ حَيْوَةَ يُحَدِّثُ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِي عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ الْحُبُلِيِّ، عَنْ الصُّنَابِحِيّ، عَنْ مُعَاذِ بْنِ جَبَلٍ قَالَ: أَخَذَ بِيَدِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنِّي لَأُحِبُّكَ يَا مُعَاذُ»، فَقُلْتُ: وَأَنَا أُحِبُّكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " فَلَا تَدَعْ أَنْ تَقُولَ فِي كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ: رَبِّ أَعِنِّي عَلَى ذِكْرِكَ وَشُكْرِكَ وَحُسْنِ عِبَادَتِكَ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1304

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1304

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 61

Another Kind Of Supplication

Hadith 1305

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1305. It was narrated from Shaddād bin Aws that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say in his prayer: "Allāhumma innī as'aluka ta-thabbuta fi al-amri wal-'azīmata 'alar-rushdi wa as'aluka shukra ni'matik wa ḥusna 'ibādatik wa as'aluka qalban salīman wa lisānan ṣādiqan wa as'aluka min khairi mā ta'lamu wa a'ūdhu bika min sharri mā ta'lamu wastaghfiruka limā ta'lam (O Allāh, I ask You for steadfastness in all my affairs and determination in following the right path I ask You to make me thankful for Your blessings and to make me worship You properly. I ask You for a sound heart and a truthful tongue. I ask You for the best of what You know and I seek refuge in You from the worst of what You know and I seek Your forgiveness for what You know.)" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1304 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو دَاوُدَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ الْجُرَيْرِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ شَدَّادِ بْنِ أَوْسٍ، " أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ فِي صَلَاتِهِ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَسْأَلُكَ الثَّبَاتَ فِي الْأَمْرِ، وَالْعَزِيمَةَ عَلَى الرُّشْدِ، وَأَسْأَلُكَ شُكْرَ نِعْمَتِكَ، وَحُسْنَ عِبَادَتِكَ، وَأَسْأَلُكَ قَلْبًا سَلِيمًا، وَلِسَانًا صَادِقًا، وَأَسْأَلُكَ مِنْ خَيْرِ مَا تَعْلَمُ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ شَرِّ مَا تَعْلَمُ، وَأَسْتَغْفِرُكَ لِمَا تَعْلَمُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1305

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1305

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 62

Another Kind

Hadith 1306

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1306. 'Aṭā' bin As-Sā'ib narrated that his father said: "Ammâr bin Yâsir led us in prayer and he made it brief. Some of the people said to him: 'You made the prayer short (or brief)'. He said: 'Nevertheless I still recited supplications that I heard from the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ'. When he got up and left, a man – he was my father but he did not name himself – followed him and asked him about that supplication, then he came and told the people. "Allâhumma bi 'ilmikal-ghaiba wa qudratika 'alal-khalqi ahîni mâ 'alimtal-hayâta khairan lî, wa tawaffanî idhâ 'alimtal-wafâta khairan lî. Allâhumma as'aluka khashyataka fîl-ghaibi wash-shahâdati wa as'aluka kalimatal-haqqi fîr-ridâ'i wal-ghadab, wa as'alukal-qasda fîl-faqri wal-ghina, wa as'aluka na'iman lâ yanfadu wa as'aluka qurrata 'ainin lâ tanqati'u wa as'alukar-ridâ'i ba'dal-qadâ'i wa as'aluka bardal-'aishi ba'dal-mawti, wa as'aluka ladhdhatan-nazari ila wajhika wash-shawqa ila liqâ'ika fî ghairi darrâ'a mudirratin wa lâ fitnatin mudillatin, Allâhumma zayyinnâ bizînatil-îmâni waj'alnâ hudâtan muhtadîn (O Allâh, by Your knowledge of the unseen and Your power over creation, keep me alive so long as You know that living is good for me and cause me to die when You know that death is better for me. O Allâh, cause me to fear You in secret and in public. I ask You to make me true in speech in times of pleasure and of anger. I ask You to make me moderate in times of wealth and of poverty. And I ask You for everlasting delight and joy that will never cease. I ask You to make me pleased with that which You have decreed and for an easy life after death. I ask You for the sweetness of looking upon Your face and a longing to meet You in a manner that does not entail a calamity that will bring about harm or a trial that will cause deviation. O Allâh, beautify us with the adornment of faith and make us among those who guide and are rightly guided.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1305 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَبِيبِ بْنِ عَرَبيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَطَاءُ بْنُ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا عَمَّارُ بْنُ يَاسِرٍ صَلَاةً، فَأَوْجَزَ فِيهَا، فَقَالَ لَهُ بَعْضُ الْقَوْمِ: لَقَدْ خَفَّفْتَ أَوْ أَوْجَزْتَ الصَّلَاةَ، فَقَالَ: أَمَّا عَلَى ذَلِكَ، فَقَدْ دَعَوْتُ فِيهَا بِدَعَوَاتٍ سَمِعْتُهُنَّ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَلَمَّا قَامَ تَبِعَهُ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْقَوْمِ هُوَ أُبَيٌّ غَيْرَ أَنَّهُ كَنَى عَنْ نَفْسِهِ، فَسَأَلَهُ عَنِ الدُّعَاءِ، ثُمَّ جَاءَ فَأَخْبَرَ بِهِ الْقَوْمَ: «اللَّهُمَّ بِعِلْمِكَ الْغَيْبَ، وَقُدْرَتِكَ عَلَى الْخَلْقِ، أَحْيِنِي مَا عَلِمْتَ الْحَيَاةَ خَيْرًا لِي، وَتَوَفَّنِي إِذَا عَلِمْتَ الْوَفَاةَ خَيْرًا لِي، اللَّهُمَّ وَأَسْأَلُكَ خَشْيَتَكَ فِي الْغَيْبِ وَالشَّهَادَةِ، وَأَسْأَلُكَ كَلِمَةَ الْحَقِّ فِي الرِّضَا وَالْغَضَبِ، وَأَسْأَلُكَ الْقَصْدَ فِي الْفَقْرِ وَالْغِنَى، وَأَسْأَلُكَ نَعِيمًا لَا يَنْفَدُ، وَأَسْأَلُكَ قُرَّةَ عَيْنٍ لَا تَنْقَطِعُ، وَأَسْأَلُكَ الرِّضَاءَ بَعْدَ الْقَضَاءِ، وَأَسْأَلُكَ بَرْدَ الْعَيْشِ بَعْدَ الْمَوْتِ، وَأَسْأَلُكَ لَذَّةَ النَّظَرِ إِلَى وَجْهِكَ، وَالشَّوْقَ إِلَى لِقَائِكَ فِي غَيْرِ ضَرَّاءَ مُضِرَّةٍ، وَلَا فِتْنَةٍ مُضِلَّةٍ، اللَّهُمَّ زَيِّنَّا بِزِينَةِ الْإِيمَانِ، وَاجْعَلْنَا هُدَاةً مُهْتَدِينَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1306

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1306

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1307

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1307. It was narrated that Qais bin 'Ubâd said: "Ammâr bin Yâsir led the people in prayer and he made the prayer short. It was as if they disliked that, so he said: 'Did I not do bowing and prostration properly?' They said: 'Yes.' He said: 'And I said a supplication that the Prophet ﷺ used to say: Allâhumma bi 'ilmikal-ghaiba wa qudratika 'alal-khalqi ahîni mâ 'alimtal-hayâta khairan li, wa tawaffanî idhâ 'alimtal-wafâta khairan li wa as'aluka khashyataka fîl-ghaibi wash-shahâdati kalimatal-ikhlâs fir-ridâ'i wal-ghaibî, as'aluka na'iman lâ yanfudu wa qurrata 'ainin lâ tanqati'u wa as'alukar-riḍā'i bil qaddāi' wa bardal-'aishi ba'dal-mawti, wa ladhḥatan-nazari ila wajhika wash-shawqa ila liqā'ika wa a'ūḏhu bika min darrā'a mudirratin wa fitnatin mudillatin, Allāhumma zayyinnā bizīnatil-īmāni waj'alnā hudātān muḥtadīn (O Allāh, by Your knowledge of the unseen and Your power over creation, keep me alive so long as You know that living is good for me and cause me to die when You know that death is better for me, and I ask You for fear of You in secret and in public. I ask You to make me true in speech in times of pleasure and of anger. I ask You for everlasting delight and joy that will never cease. I ask You to make me pleased with that which You have decreed and for an easy life after death, and for the sweetness of looking upon Your face and a longing to meet You, and I seek refuge in You from calamity that will bring about harm or a trial that will cause deviation. O Allāh, beautify us with the adornment of faith and make us among those who guide and are rightly guided.)" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1306 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ سَعْدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمِّي، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شَرِيكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي هَاشِمٍ الْوَاسِطِيِّ، عَنْ أَبِي مِجْلَزٍ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ عُبَادٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى عَمَّارُ بْنُ يَاسِرٍ بِالْقَوْمِ صَلَاةً أَخَفَّهَا، فَكَأَنَّهُمْ أَنْكَرُوهَا، فَقَالَ: أَلَمْ أُتِمَّ الرُّكُوعَ وَالسُّجُودَ؟ قَالُوا: بَلَى، قَالَ: أَمَا إِنِّي دَعَوْتُ فِيهَا بِدُعَاءٍ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَدْعُو بِهِ: «اللَّهُمَّ بِعِلْمِكَ الْغَيْبَ، وَقُدْرَتِكَ عَلَى الْخَلْقِ، أَحْيِنِي مَا عَلِمْتَ الْحَيَاةَ خَيْرًا لِي، وَتَوَفَّنِي إِذَا عَلِمْتَ الْوَفَاةَ خَيْرًا لِي، وَأَسْأَلُكَ خَشْيَتَكَ فِي الْغَيْبِ وَالشَّهَادَةِ، وَكَلِمَةَ الْإِخْلَاصِ فِي الرِّضَا وَالْغَضَبِ، وَأَسْأَلُكَ نَعِيمًا لَا يَنْفَدُ، وَقُرَّةَ عَيْنٍ لَا تَنْقَطِعُ، وَأَسْأَلُكَ الرِّضَاءَ بِالْقَضَاءِ، وَبَرْدَ الْعَيْشِ بَعْدَ الْمَوْتِ، وَلَذَّةَ النَّظَرِ إِلَى وَجْهِكَ، وَالشَّوْقَ إِلَى لِقَائِكَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ ضَرَّاءَ مُضِرَّةٍ، وَفِتْنَةٍ مُضِلَّةٍ، اللَّهُمَّ زَيِّنَّا بِزِينَةِ الْإِيمَانِ، وَاجْعَلْنَا هُدَاةً مُهْتَدِينَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1307

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1307

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 63

Seeking Refuge With Allāh When Praying

Hadith 1308

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1308. It was narrated that Farwah bin Nawfal said: "I said to 'Āishah: 'Tell me of a supplication that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say in his prayer.' She said: 'Yes. The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say: Allāhumma innī a'ūdhu bika min sharri mā 'amiltu wa min sharri mā lam a'mal (O Allāh, I seek refuge with You from the evil of that which I have done and the evil of that which I have not done).'" (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1307 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ هِلَالِ بْنِ يَسَافٍ، عَنْ فَرْوَةَ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِعَائِشَةَ: حَدِّثِينِي بِشَيْءٍ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَدْعُو بِهِ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، فَقَالَتْ: نَعَمْ، كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ شَرِّ مَا عَمِلْتُ وَمِنْ شَرِّ مَا لَمْ أَعْمَلْ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1308

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1308

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 64

Another Version

Hadith 1309

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1309. It was narrated that 'Āishah said: "I asked the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ about the torment of the grave and he said: 'Yes, the torment of the grave is real.'" 'Āishah said: "After that I never saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ offer any prayer but he would seek refuge with Allāh from the torment of the grave." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1308 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَشْعَثَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: سَأَلْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ، فَقَالَ: «نَعَمْ، عَذَابُ الْقَبْرِ حَقٌّ»، قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: فَمَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي صَلَاةً بَعْدُ إِلَّا تَعَوَّذَ مِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1309

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1309

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1310

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1310. 'Urwah bin Az-Zubair narrated that 'Aishah told him that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say the following supplication in his prayer: "Allāhumma innī a'ūdhu bika min 'adhābil-qabri wa a'ūdhu bika min fitnatil-masīhid-dajjāl, wa a'ūdhu bika min fitnatil-mahyā wal-mamātī, Allāhumma innī a'ūdhu bika min al-ma'thamī wal-maghram (O Allāh, I seek refuge with You from the torment of the grave, and I seek refuge in You from the tribulation of the Al-Masīhid-Dajjāl, and I seek refuge with You from the trials of life and death. O Allāh, I seek refuge in You from sin and debt.)" Someone said to him: "How often you seek refuge from debt!" He said: "If a man gets into debt, when he speaks he lies, and when he makes a promise he betrays it." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1309 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عُثْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ شُعَيْبٍ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُرْوَةُ بْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ أَخْبَرَتْهُ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَدْعُو فِي الصَّلَاةِ: «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَسِيحِ الدَّجَّالِ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَحْيَا وَالْمَمَاتِ، اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ الْمَأْثَمِ وَالْمَغْرَمِ»، فَقَالَ لَهُ قَائِلٌ: مَا أَكْثَرَ مَا تَسْتَعِيذُ مِنَ الْمَغْرَمِ، فَقَالَ: «إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ إِذَا غَرِمَ حَدَّثَ فَكَذَبَ، وَوَعَدَ فَأَخْلَفَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1310

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1310

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1311

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1311. It was narrated that Muḥammad bin Abū 'Aīshah said: "I heard Abū Hurairah say: 'The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: When any one of you recites the Tashahhud, let him seek refuge with Allāh from four things: From the torment of Hell, from the torment of the grave, from the trials of life and death and from the evil of the Dajjāl. Then let him pray for himself asking whatever he wants.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1310 - أَخْبَرَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ الْمَوْصِلِيُّ، عَنْ الْمُعَافَى، عَنْ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، ح وَأَنْبَأَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ خَشْرَمٍ، عَنْ عِيسَى بْنِ يُونُسَ، وَاللَّفْظُ لَهُ، عَنْ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ حَسَّانَ بْنِ عَطِيَّةَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي عَائِشَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ يَقُولُ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِذَا تَشَهَّدَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَتَعَوَّذْ بِاللَّهِ مِنْ أَرْبَعٍ: مِنْ عَذَابِ جَهَنَّمَ، وَعَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ، وَفِتْنَةِ الْمَحْيَا وَالْمَمَاتِ، وَمِنْ شَرِّ الْمَسِيحِ الدَّجَّالِ، ثُمَّ يَدْعُو لِنَفْسِهِ بِمَا بَدَا لَهُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1311

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1311

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 65

Another Kind Of Remembrance After The Tashahhud

Hadith 1312

DarussalamSahihAl-Albaniصحيح الإسناد، ولكنه مختصر من حديثه الآتي في كيفية خطبته صلى الله عليه وسلم (٣ / ١٨٨ - ١٨٩) ، المشكاة (٩٥٦)Al-AlbaniSahih chain · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1312. It was narrated from Jābir that the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to say in his prayer, after the Tashahhud: "The best of word is the word of Allāh and the best of guidance is the guidance of Muhammad ﷺ.” (Sahih)

Arabic text

1311 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ فِي صَلَاتِهِ بَعْدَ التَّشَهُّدِ: «أَحْسَنُ الْكَلَامِ كَلَامُ اللَّهِ، وَأَحْسَنُ الْهَدْيِ هَدْيُ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1312

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1312

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 66

Not Praying Properly

Hadith 1313

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1313. It was narrated from Hudhaifah that he saw a man praying, (and his bowing and prostration were) lacking. Hudhaifah said to him: "For how long have you been praying like this?" He said: "For forty years." He said: "You have not been praying for forty years and if you die praying like this, you will have died following a path other than the path of Muhammad ﷺ." Then he said: "It is possible for a man to pray briefly but still do it properly." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1312 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ وَهُوَ ابْنُ مِغْوَلٍ، عَنْ طَلْحَةَ بْنِ مُصَرِّفٍ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ حُذَيْفَةَ، أَنَّهُ رَأَى رَجُلًا يُصَلِّي فَطَفَّفَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ حُذَيْفَةُ: مُنْذُ كَمْ تُصَلِّي هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةَ؟ قَالَ: مُنْذُ أَرْبَعِينَ عَامًا، قَالَ: «مَا صَلَّيْتَ مُنْذُ أَرْبَعِينَ سَنَةً، وَلَوْ مِتَّ وَأَنْتَ تُصَلِّي هَذِهِ الصَّلَاةَ لَمِتَّ عَلَى غَيْرِ فِطْرَةِ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ لَيُخَفِّفُ وَيُتِمُّ وَيُحْسِنُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1313

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1313

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 67

The Minimum That Is Required For The Prayer To Be Valid

Hadith 1314

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1314. It was narrated from 'Alî – who is bin Yahya – from his father that a paternal uncle of his who was present at Badr told him, that a man entered the Masjid and prayed, and the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ was watching, but we did not realize. When he had finished, he came and greeted the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ with Salâm. He said: "Go back and pray, for you have not prayed." So he went back and prayed, then he came to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and he said: "Go back and pray for you have not prayed." (This happened) two or three times. Then the man said to him: "By the One Who has honored you, O Messenger of Allâh, I have tried my best; teach me." He said: "When you get up to pray, perform Wudû' and do it well, then turn to face the Qiblah and say the Takbîr. Then recite the Qur'an, then bow until you are at ease in bowing. Then stand up until you are standing straight, then prostrate until you are at ease prostrating, then sit up until you are at ease sitting, then prostrate until you are at ease prostrating, then get up, and continue doing that until you have finished your prayer." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1313 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَجْلَانَ، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ وَهُوَ ابْنُ يَحْيَى، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَمٍّ لَهُ بَدْرِيٍّ أَنَّهُ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَصَلَّى وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْمُقُهُ، وَنَحْنُ لَا نَشْعُرُ، فَلَمَّا فَرَغَ أَقْبَلَ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ، فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، فَرَجَعَ فَصَلَّى، ثُمَّ أَقْبَلَ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ، فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، مَرَّتَيْنِ أَوْ ثَلَاثًا، فَقَالَ لَهُ الرَّجُلُ: وَالَّذِي أَكْرَمَكَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، لَقَدْ جَهِدْتُ، فَعَلِّمْنِي، فَقَالَ: «إِذَا قُمْتَ تُرِيدُ الصَّلَاةَ فَتَوَضَّأْ، فَأَحْسِنْ وُضُوءَكَ، ثُمَّ اسْتَقْبِلِ الْقِبْلَةَ فَكَبِّرْ، ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ، ثُمَّ ارْكَعْ فَاطْمَئِنَّ رَاكِعًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَعْتَدِلَ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ قَاعِدًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ، ثُمَّ افْعَلْ كَذَلِكَ حَتَّى تَفْرُغَ مِنْ صَلَاتِكَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1314

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1314

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1315

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1315. 'Alī bin Yahya bin Khallād bin Rāfi' bin Mālik Al-Anṣārī said: "My father narrated to me that a paternal uncle of his, who had been at Badr, said: 'I was sitting with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ in the Masjid, when a man came in and prayed two Rak'ahs, then he came and greeted the Prophet ﷺ with Salām. The Prophet ﷺ had been watching him as he prayed, so he returned his Salām, then he said: "Go back and pray, for you have not prayed." So he went back and prayed, then he came back and greeted the Prophet ﷺ with Salām. He returned his Salām, then he said: "Go back and pray, for you have not prayed." The third or fourth time this happened, then the man said: "By the One Who revealed the Book to you, I have done my best and have tried hard; show me and teach me." He said: "When you want to pray, perform Wuḍū' and perform it well, then turn to face the Qiblah and say the Takbīr. Then recite the Qur'ān, then bow until you are at ease in bowing. Then stand up until you are standing straight, then prostrate until you are at ease prostrating, then sit up until you are at ease sitting, then prostrate until you are at ease prostrating, then get up. If you complete the prayer in this manner you will have done it properly, and whatever you do less than this is lacking from your prayer.” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1314 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ دَاوُدَ بْنِ قَيْسٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَلِيُّ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ خَلَّادِ بْنِ رَافِعِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ عَمٍّ لَهُ بَدْرِيٍّ، قَالَ: كُنْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَالِسًا فِي الْمَسْجِدِ، فَدَخَلَ رَجُلٌ فَصَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ جَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَقَدْ كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْمُقُهُ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، فَرَدَّ عَلَيْهِ السَّلَامَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ لَهُ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، فَرَجَعَ فَصَلَّى، ثُمَّ جَاءَ فَسَلَّمَ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَرَدَّ عَلَيْهِ السَّلَامَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «ارْجِعْ فَصَلِّ فَإِنَّكَ لَمْ تُصَلِّ»، حَتَّى كَانَ عِنْدَ الثَّالِثَةِ أَوِ الرَّابِعَةِ، فَقَالَ: وَالَّذِي أَنْزَلَ عَلَيْكَ الْكِتَابَ لَقَدْ جَهِدْتُ وَحَرَصْتُ فَأَرِنِي وَعَلِّمْنِي، قَالَ: «إِذَا أَرَدْتَ أَنْ تُصَلِّيَ فَتَوَضَّأْ فَأَحْسِنْ وُضُوءَكَ، ثُمَّ اسْتَقْبِلِ الْقِبْلَةَ فَكَبِّرْ، ثُمَّ اقْرَأْ، ثُمَّ ارْكَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ رَاكِعًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَعْتَدِلَ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ قَاعِدًا، ثُمَّ اسْجُدْ حَتَّى تَطْمَئِنَّ سَاجِدًا، ثُمَّ ارْفَعْ، فَإِذَا أَتْمَمْتَ صَلَاتَكَ عَلَى هَذَا فَقَدْ تَمَّتْ، وَمَا انْتَقَصْتَ مِنْ هَذَا فَإِنَّمَا تَنْتَقِصُهُ مِنْ صَلَاتِكَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1315

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1315

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1316

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1316. It was narrated that Sa’d bin Hishām said: “I said: ‘O Mother of the Believers! Tell me about the Witr of the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ.’ She said: ‘We used to prepare his Siwāk and water for purification, then Allāh would wake him when He willed to wake him at night. He would use the Siwāk and perform Wuḍū’, then pray eight Rak’ahs; not sitting until the eighth Rak’ah, when he would sit and remember Allāh and call upon Him. Then he would say the Taslim loud enough for us to hear.’” (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1315 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ زُرَارَةَ بْنِ أَوْفَى، عَنْ سَعْدِ بْنِ هِشَامٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ: يَا أُمَّ الْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَنْبِئِينِي عَنْ وَتْرِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَتْ: «كُنَّا نُعِدُّ لَهُ سِوَاكَهُ وَطَهُورَهُ، فَيَبْعَثُهُ اللَّهُ لِمَا شَاءَ أَنْ يَبْعَثَهُ مِنَ اللَّيْلِ، فَيَتَسَوَّكُ وَيَتَوَضَّأُ، وَيُصَلِّي ثَمَانِ رَكَعَاتٍ لَا يَجْلِسُ فِيهِنَّ إِلَّا عِنْدَ الثَّامِنَةِ، فَيَجْلِسُ، فَيَذْكُرُ اللَّهَ عَزَّ وَجَلَّ وَيَدْعُو، ثُمَّ يُسَلِّمُ تَسْلِيمًا يُسْمِعُنَا»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1316

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1316

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 68

The Salâm

Hadith 1317

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1317. 'Âmir bin Sa'd narrated from his father, that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say the Taslîm to his right and to his left. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1316 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَعِيلَ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ دَاوُدَ الْهَاشِمِيَّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ وَهُوَ ابْنُ سَعْدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ وَهُوَ ابْنُ الْمِسْوَرِ الْمَخْرَمِيُّ، عَنْ إِسْمَعِيلَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَامِرُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1317

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1317

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1318

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1318. It was narrated that Sa'd said: "I used to see the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ saying the Taslîm to his right and to his left until the whiteness of his cheek could be seen." Abû 'Abdur-Rahmân (An-Nasâ'î) said: 'Abdullâh bin Ja'far; (one of the narrators in the chain) there is no harm in him, and 'Abdullâh bin Ja'far bin Najîh, the father of 'Alî bin Al-Madînî, is an abandoned narrator of Hadîth. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1317 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ الْعَقَدِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ الْمَخْرَمِيُّ، عَنْ إِسْمَعِيلَ بْنِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ عَامِرِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ سَعْدٍ قَالَ: «كُنْتُ أَرَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ»، قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ: عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ هَذَا لَيْسَ بِهِ بَأْسٌ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ نَجِيحٍ وَالِدُ عَلِيِّ بْنِ الْمَدِينِيِّ مَتْرُوكُ الْحَدِيثِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1318

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1318

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 69

Placement Of The Hands When Saying The Salâm

Hadith 1319

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1319. It was narrated that ‘Ubaidullâh bin Al-Qibtiyyah said: “I heard Jâbir bin Samurah say: When we prayed behind the Prophet ﷺ we used to say: As-salâmu ‘alaykum, as-salâmu ‘alaykum (Peace be upon, peace be upon you)” – and Mis’ar (one of the narrators) pointed with his hand to the right and the left. He ﷺ said: “What is the matter with these people who wave their hands as if they are the tails of wild horses? It is sufficient for one to place his hands on his thighs and to say the Salâm to his brother to his right and to his left.” (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1318 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، عَنْ مِسْعَرٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ ابْنِ الْقِبْطِيَّةِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ سَمُرَةَ يَقُولُ: كُنَّا إِذَا صَلَّيْنَا خَلْفَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قُلْنَا: السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ ـ وَأَشَارَ مِسْعَرٌ بِيَدِهِ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ ـ فَقَالَ: «مَا بَالُ هَؤُلَاءِ الَّذِينَ يَرْمُونَ بِأَيْدِيهِمْ كَأَنَّهَا أَذْنَابُ الْخَيْلِ الشُّمُسِ، أَمَا يَكْفِي أَنْ يَضَعَ يَدَهُ عَلَى فَخِذِهِ، ثُمَّ يُسَلِّمُ عَلَى أَخِيهِ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1319

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1319

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 70

How To Say The Salâm To One’s Right

Hadith 1320

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahihAl-AlbaniSahih · qualified assessment
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1320. It was narrated that ‘Abdullâh said: “I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ saying the Takbîr every time he went down or came up, or stood or sat, and he said the Salâm to his right and to his left: As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh, as-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh, peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh), until the whiteness of his cheek could be seen. And I saw Abû Bakr and 'Umar, may Allâh be pleased with them, doing likewise." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1319 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ الْمُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ الْأَسْوَدِ، وَعَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: " رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُكَبِّرُ فِي كُلِّ خَفْضٍ وَرَفْعٍ، وَقِيَامٍ وَقُعُودٍ، وَيُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ: السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ، حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ "، وَرَأَيْتُ أَبَا بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَفْعَلَانِ ذَلِكَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1320

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1320

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1321

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1321. It was narrated from Wâsi' bin Ḥabbân that he asked 'Abdullâh bin 'Umar about the prayer of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ. He said: "Allâhu Akbar" every time he went down and "Allâhu Akbar" every time he came up, then he said: "As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh) to his right and: As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh) to his left." (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1320 - أَخْبَرَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الزَّعْفَرَانِيُّ، عَنْ حَجَّاجٍ، قَالَ ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَنْبَأَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ يَحْيَى، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ وَاسِعِ بْنِ حَبَّانَ، أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ عَنْ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: " اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كُلَّمَا وَضَعَ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ كُلَّمَا رَفَعَ، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ: السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1321

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1321

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 71

How to Say The Salām To One's Left

Hadith 1322

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1322. It was narrated that Wâsi' bin Ḥabbân said: "I said to Ibn 'Umar: 'Tell me about the prayer of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ; how was it?' He mentioned the Takbîr and he mentioned: As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh)' to his right and: As-salâmu 'alaykum (Peace be upon you) to his left." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1321 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الْعَزِيزِ يَعْنِي الدَّرَاوَرْدِيَّ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ يَحْيَى، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ يَحْيَى بْنِ حَبَّانَ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ وَاسِعِ بْنِ حَبَّانَ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِابْنِ عُمَرَ: أَخْبِرْنِي عَنْ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَيْفَ كَانَتْ؟ قَالَ: " فَذَكَرَ التَّكْبِيرَ، قَالَ: يَعْنِي وَذَكَرَ السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1322

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1322

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1323

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1323. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh that the Prophet ﷺ said: "It is as if I can see the whiteness of his cheek, saying to his right: As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh) and to his left: As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh)." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1322 - أَخْبَرَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ أَخْزَمَ، عَنْ ابْنِ دَاوُدَ يَعْنِي عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ دَاوُدَ الْخُرَيْبِيَّ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «كَأَنِّي أَنْظُرُ إِلَى بَيَاضِ خَدِّهِ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ، وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1323

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1323

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1324

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1324. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say the Salâm to his right so that the whiteness of his cheek could be seen, and to his left so that the whiteness of his cheek could be seen." (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1323 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ آدَمَ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ عُبَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ حَتَّى يَبْدُوَ بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ، وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ حَتَّى يَبْدُوَ بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1324

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1324

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1325

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1325. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh that the Prophet ﷺ used to say Salâm to his right and to his left: "As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh, As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh, Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh)," until the whiteness of his cheek could be seen from here, and the whiteness of his cheek from here. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1324 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهُ " كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ: السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ، حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ مِنْ هَاهُنَا، وَبَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ مِنْ هَاهُنَا "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1325

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1325

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1326

DarussalamSaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1326. 'Abdullâh bin Mas'ûd narrated that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say the Salâm to his right: "As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh)," until the whiteness of his right cheek could be seen, and to his left: "As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon you and the mercy of Allâh)," until the whiteness of his left cheek could be seen. (Saḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1325 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ يَعْقُوبَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْحَسَنِ بْنِ شَقِيقٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا الْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ وَاقِدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَقَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، وَالْأَسْوَدِ، وَأَبِي الْأَحْوَصِ، قَالُوا: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، " أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يُسَلِّمُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ: السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ الْأَيْمَنِ، وَعَنْ يَسَارِهِ: السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ حَتَّى يُرَى بَيَاضُ خَدِّهِ الْأَيْسَرِ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1326

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1326

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 72

Saying The Salâm With The Hands

Hadith 1327

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1327. It was narrated that Jâbir bin Samurah said: "I prayed with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and when we said the Salâm we used to gesture with our hands: 'As-salâmu 'alaykum wa rahmatullâh (Peace be upon, peace be upon you).' The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ looked at us and said: 'What is the matter with you, pointing with your hands as if they are the tails of wild horses? When any one of you says the Salâm, let him turn to his companions and not gesture with his hand.'" (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1326 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُوسَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْرَائِيلُ، عَنْ فُرَاتٍ الْقَزَّازِ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ وَهُوَ ابْنُ الْقِبْطِيَّةِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَكُنَّا إِذَا سَلَّمْنَا قُلْنَا بِأَيْدِينَا السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ، السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ، قَالَ: فَنَظَرَ إِلَيْنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «مَا شَأْنُكُمْ تُشِيرُونَ بِأَيْدِيكُمْ كَأَنَّهَا أَذْنَابُ خَيْلٍ شُمُسٍ، إِذَا سَلَّمَ أَحَدُكُمْ فَلْيَلْتَفِتْ إِلَى صَاحِبِهِ وَلَا يُومِئْ بِيَدِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1327

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1327

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 73

The Follower Saying Salâm When The Imâm Says Salâm

Hadith 1328

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1328. Ibtân bin Mâlik said: "I used to lead my people Bani Sâlim in prayer. I came to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and said: 'I have lost my eyesight and the rainwater prevents me from reaching the Masjid of my people. I would like you to come and pray in my house in a place that I can take as a Masjid.' The Prophet ﷺ said: 'I will do that, if Allâh wills.' The next day the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ came, and Abû Bakr was with him, after the day had grown hot. The Prophet ﷺ asked for permission to enter and I gave him permission. He did not sit down until he asked: 'Where would you like me to pray in your house?' I showed him the place where I wanted him to pray, so the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ stood there and we formed a row behind him, then he said the Salâm and we said the Salâm when he did." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1327 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ أَخْبَرَهُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي مَحْمُودُ بْنُ الرَّبِيعِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عِتْبَانَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ يَقُولُ: كُنْتُ أُصَلِّي بِقَوْمِي بَنِي سَالِمٍ، فَأَتَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقُلْتُ: إِنِّي قَدْ أَنْكَرْتُ بَصَرِي، وَإِنَّ السُّيُولَ تَحُولُ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ مَسْجِدِ قَوْمِي، فَلَوَدِدْتُ أَنَّكَ جِئْتَ فَصَلَّيْتَ فِي بَيْتِي مَكَانًا أَتَّخِذُهُ مَسْجِدًا، قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «سَأَفْعَلُ إِنْ شَاءَ اللَّهُ»، فَغَدَا عَلَيَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ مَعَهُ بَعْدَ مَا اشْتَدَّ النَّهَارُ، فَاسْتَأْذَنَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَذِنْتُ لَهُ، فَلَمْ يَجْلِسْ حَتَّى قَالَ: «أَيْنَ تُحِبُّ أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ مِنْ بَيْتِكَ؟» فَأَشَرْتُ لَهُ إِلَى الْمَكَانِ الَّذِي أُحِبُّ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ فِيهِ، فَقَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَصَفَفْنَا خَلْفَهُ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ وَسَلَّمْنَا حِينَ سَلَّمَ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1328

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1328

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 74

Prostration After Finishing The Prayer

Hadith 1329

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1329. It was narrated from 'Urwah (that) 'Aishah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to pray eleven Rak'ahs, making it odd (Witr) by one between the time when he finished 'Ishâ' and dawn, and he would prostrate for as long as it takes one of you to recite fifty verses before raising his head." (Sahih) Some of them (the narrators) were more detailed than others in the report. (This is an) abridged form.

Arabic text

1328 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ بْنِ حَمَّادِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، وَعَمْرُو بْنُ الْحَارِثِ، وَيُونُسُ بْنُ يَزِيدَ، أَنَّ ابْنَ شِهَابٍ أَخْبَرَهُمْ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي فِيمَا بَيْنَ أَنْ يَفْرُغَ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الْعِشَاءِ إِلَى الْفَجْرِ إِحْدَى عَشْرَةَ رَكْعَةً، وَيُوتِرُ بِوَاحِدَةٍ، وَيَسْجُدُ سَجْدَةً قَدْرَ مَا يَقْرَأُ أَحَدُكُمْ خَمْسِينَ آيَةً قَبْلَ أَنْ يَرْفَعَ رَأْسَهُ»، «وَبَعْضُهُمْ يَزِيدُ عَلَى بَعْضٍ فِي الْحَدِيثِ، مُخْتَصَرٌ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1329

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1329

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 75

Prostration Of Forgetfulness After Saying The Salâm And Speaking

Hadith 1330

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1330. It was narrated from 'Abdullâh that the Prophet ﷺ said the Salâm, then he spoke, then he performed the two prostrations of forgetfulness. (Sahih)

Arabic text

1329 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ آدَمَ، عَنْ حَفْصٍ، عَنْ الْأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ تَكَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1330

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1330

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 76

Salâm After The Two Prostrations Of Forgetfulness

Hadith 1331

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1331. It was narrated from Abû Hurairah that: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said the Salâm then he performed the two prostrations of forgetfulness while he was still sitting, then he said the Salâm." He said: He mentioned it in the Hadîth of Dhul-Yadain. (Hasan)

Arabic text

1330 - أَخْبَرَنَا سُوَيْدُ بْنُ نَصْرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْمُبَارَكِ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ بْنِ عَمَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ضَمْضَمُ بْنُ جَوْسٍ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ وَهُوَ جَالِسٌ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»، قَالَ: «ذَكَرَهُ فِي حَدِيثِ ذِي الْيَدَيْنِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1331

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1331

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1332

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1332. It was narrated from 'Imrân bin Hûsain that the Prophet ﷺ prayed three (Rak'ahs) then said the Taslîm. Al-Khirbâq said: "You prayed three." So he led them in praying the remaining Rak'ah, then he said the Taslîm, then he did the two prostrations of forgetfulness, then he said the Taslîm (again). (Sahih)

Arabic text

1331 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَبِيبِ بْنِ عَرَبِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلَابَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الْمُهَلَّبِ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ بْنِ حُصَيْنٍ، «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى ثَلَاثًا، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»، فَقَالَ الْخِرْبَاقُ: إِنَّكَ صَلَّيْتَ ثَلَاثًا، «فَصَلَّى بِهِمُ الرَّكْعَةَ الْبَاقِيَةَ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيِ السَّهْوِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1332

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1332

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 77

The Imâm Sitting Between The Taslîm And Departing

Hadith 1333

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1333. It was narrated that Al-Barâ' bin 'Âzib said: "I watched the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ when he prayed, and I noticed that his standing, his bowing, his standing up after bowing, his prostration, his sitting between the two prostrations and his sitting between the Taslîm and departing were almost the same in length. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1332 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَوْنٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ هِلَالٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ الْبَرَاءِ ابْنِ عَازِبٍ قَالَ: «رَمَقْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، فَوَجَدْتُ قِيَامَهُ وَرَكْعَتَهُ وَاعْتِدَالَهُ بَعْدَ الرَّكْعَةِ، فَسَجْدَتَهُ، فَجِلْسَتَهُ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ، فَسَجْدَتَهُ، فَجِلْسَتَهُ بَيْنَ التَّسْلِيمِ وَالِانْصِرَافِ قَرِيبًا مِنَ السَّوَاءِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1333

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1333

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1334

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1334. Hind bint Al-Hârith Al-Farrâsiyyah narrated that Umm Salamah told her that during the time of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, when the women said the Taslîm at the end of the prayer, the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and the men who had prayed with him would stay put for as long as Allâh willed. Then, when the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ got up, the men did too. (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1333 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، قَالَ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ: أَخْبَرَتْنِي هِنْدُ بِنْتُ الْحَارِثِ الْفِرَاسِيَّةُ، أَنَّ أُمَّ سَلَمَةَ أَخْبَرَتْهَا، «أَنَّ النِّسَاءَ فِي عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كُنَّ إِذَا سَلَّمْنَ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ قُمْنَ، وَثَبَتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَمَنْ صَلَّى مِنَ الرِّجَالِ مَا شَاءَ اللَّهُ، فَإِذَا قَامَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَامَ الرِّجَالُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1334

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1334

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 78

Turning AwayFrom The Qiblah And TowardsThe People After The Taslîm

Hadith 1335

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1335. It was narrated from Jâbir bin Yazîd bin Al-Aswad, from his father, that he prayed Subh with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, and when he finished praying he turned away (from the Qiblah and toward the people). (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1334 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَعْلَى بْنُ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّهُ «صَلَّى مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَاةَ الصُّبْحِ، فَلَمَّا صَلَّى انْحَرَفَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1335

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1335

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 79

Saying The TakbîrAfter The Imâm Has Said TheTaslîm

Hadith 1336

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1336. It was narrated that Ibn 'Abbâs said: "I used to know that the prayer of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ ended by the Takbîr." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1335 - أَخْبَرَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ الْعَسْكَرِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ بْنِ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مَعْبَدٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا كُنْتُ أَعْلَمُ انْقِضَاءَ صَلَاةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالتَّكْبِيرِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1336

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1336

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 80

The Command To Recite The Al-Mu'awwidhât After Saying The Taslîm At The End Of The Prayer

Hadith 1337

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1337. It was narrated that 'Uqbah bin 'Âmir said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ commanded me to recite Al-Mu'awwidhât following every prayer." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1336 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ اللَّيْثِ، عَنْ حُنَيْنِ بْنِ أَبِي حَكِيمٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ رَبَاحٍ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ عَامِرٍ، قَالَ: «أَمَرَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ أَقْرَأَ الْمُعَوِّذَاتِ دُبُرَ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1337

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1337

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 81

Seeking Forgiveness After The Taslîm

Hadith 1338

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1338. Thawbân, the freed slave of the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, narrated that when he finished the prayer, the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ would pray for forgiveness three times and say: "Allâhumma anta as-salâm wa minka as-salâm tabârakta yâ dhal-jalâli wal-ikrâm (O Allâh, You are the source of peace (or the One free from all faults) and from You comes peace, blessed are You, O Possessor of Majesty and Honor).” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1337 - أَخْبَرَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْوَلِيدُ، عَنْ أَبِي عَمْرٍو الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي شَدَّادٌ أَبُو عَمَّارٍ، أَنَّ أَبَا أَسْمَاءَ الرَّحَبِيَّ حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ ثَوْبَانَ مَوْلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُحَدِّثُ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ إِذَا انْصَرَفَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ اسْتَغْفَرَ ثَلَاثًا، وَقَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ السَّلَامُ، وَمِنْكَ السَّلَامُ، تَبَارَكْتُ يَا ذَا الْجَلَالِ وَالْإِكْرَامِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1338

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1338

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 82

RemembranceAfter Seeking Forgiveness

Hadith 1339

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1339. It was narrated from ‘Āishah that after saying the Taslīm the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ would say: “Allāhumma anta as-salām wa minka as-salām tabārakta yā dhal-jalāli wal-ikrām [O Allāh, You are the (source of) peace (or the One free from all faults) and from You comes peace, blessed are You, O Possessor of Majesty and Honor)].” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1338 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ بْنِ صُدْرَانَ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا سَلَّمَ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ أَنْتَ السَّلَامُ، وَمِنْكَ السَّلَامُ، تَبَارَكْتَ يَا ذَا الْجَلَالِ وَالْإِكْرَامِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1339

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1339

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 83

The Tahلیل (SayingLâ Ilāha Illallāh) After TheTaslīm

Hadith 1340

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1340. Abū Az-Zubair said: “I heard ‘Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair speaking from the Minbar, saying: ‘When the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said the Taslīm, he would say: “Lâ ilāha illallāh waḥdahu lâ sharīka lah, lahul-mulk wa lahul-ḥamd wa huwa 'ala kulli shay'in qadīr, lā ḥawla wa lā quwwata illa billāhil-'azīm; lā ilāha ill-Allāhu wa lā na'budu illā iyyāh, aḥlan-ni'mati wal-fadli wath-thanā'il-ḥasan; lā ilāha ill-Allāh, mukhlīṣīna lahud-dīna wa law karihal-kāfirūn (There is none worthy of worship except Allāh alone, with no partner or associate. His is the Dominion, to Him be all praise, and He is able to do all things; there is no power and no strength except with Allāh the Almighty. There is none worthy of worship except Allāh, and we worship none but Him, the source of blessing and kindness and the One Who is deserving of all good praise. There is none worthy of worship except Allāh, and we are sincere in faith and devotion to Him even though the disbelievers detest it).” (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1339 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ شُجَاعٍ الْمَرُّوذِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ الْحَجَّاجِ بْنِ أَبِي عُثْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو الزُّبَيْرِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ يُحَدِّثُ عَلَى هَذَا الْمِنْبَرِ، وَهُوَ يَقُولُ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا سَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ، لَهُ الْمُلْكُ وَلَهُ الْحَمْدُ وَهُوَ عَلَى كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ، لَا حَوْلَ وَلَا قُوَّةَ إِلَّا بِاللَّهِ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ لَا نَعْبُدُ إِلَّا إِيَّاهُ، أَهْلَ النِّعْمَةِ وَالْفَضْلِ وَالثَّنَاءِ الْحَسَنِ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ مُخْلِصِينَ لَهُ الدِّينَ وَلَوْ كَرِهَ الْكَافِرُونَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1340

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1340

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 84

How Many Times One Should Recite The Tahlīl And Remembrance After The Prayer

Hadith 1341

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1341. It was narrated that Abū Az-Zubair said: “Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair used to recite the Tahlīl following every prayer, saying: ‘Lā ilāha ill-Allāh waḥdahu lā sharīka lah, lahul-mulk wa lahul-hamd wa huwa 'ala kulli shay'in qadîr, lâ ilâha illallâhu wa lâ na'budu illâ iyyâh, lahun-ni'matu wa lahul-fadlu wa lahuth-thanâ'ul-ḥasan; lâ ilâha illallâh, mukhlisîna lahud-dîna wa law karihal-kâfirûn. (There is none worthy of worship except Allâh alone, with no partner or associate. His is the Dominion, to Him be all praise, and He is able to do all things. There is none worthy of worship except Allâh, and we worship none but Him, all blessings and grace are His, and all good praise be to Him. There is none worthy of worship except Allâh, and we are sincere in faith and devotion to Him even though the disbelievers detest it.)' Then Ibn Az-Zubair said: 'The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to recite the Tahlîl in this manner following every prayer.'" (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1340 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، قَالَ: كَانَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ يُهَلِّلُ فِي دُبُرِ الصَّلَاةِ، يَقُولُ: «لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ، لَهُ الْمُلْكُ وَلَهُ الْحَمْدُ وَهُوَ عَلَى كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ، وَلَا نَعْبُدُ إِلَّا إِيَّاهُ، لَهُ النِّعْمَةُ وَلَهُ الْفَضْلُ وَلَهُ الثَّنَاءُ الْحَسَنُ، لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ مُخْلِصِينَ لَهُ الدِّينَ وَلَوْ كَرِهَ الْكَافِرُونَ»، ثُمَّ يَقُولُ ابْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُهَلِّلُ بِهِنَّ فِي دُبُرِ الصَّلَاةِ» نَوْعٌ آخَرُ مِنَ الْقَوْلِ عِنْدَ انْقِضَاءِ الصَّلَاةِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1341

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1341

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 85

Another Supplication To Be Said After Finishing The Prayer

Hadith 1342

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1342. Warrâd, the scribe of Al-Mughîrah bin Shu'bah, said: Mu'âwiyah wrote to Al-Mughîrah bin Shu'bah saying: "Tell me of something that you heard from the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ." He said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ finished praying, he would say: 'Lâ ilâha illallâh waḥdahu lâ sharîka lah, lahul-mulk wa lahul-hamd wa huwa 'ala kulli shay'in qadîr. Allâhumma lâ mānî' limâ a'taita wa lâ mu'tîa limâ mana'ta wa lâ yanfa'u dhâl-jaddi minka al-jadd. (There is none worthy of worship except Allâh alone with no partner or associate. His is the Dominion and to Him be all praise, and He is able to do all things. O Allâh, none can withhold what You have given and none can give what You have withheld, and no wealth or fortune can benefit anyone for from You comes all wealth and fortune).” (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1341 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ سُفْيَانَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُهُ مِنْ عَبْدَةَ بْنِ أَبِي لُبَابَةَ، وَسَمِعْتُهُ مِنْ عَبْدِ الْمَلِكِ بْنِ أَعْيَنَ، كِلَاهُمَا سَمِعَهُ مِنْ وَرَّادٍ، كَاتِبِ الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ، قَالَ: كَتَبَ مُعَاوِيَةُ إِلَى الْمُغِيرَةِ بْنِ شُعْبَةَ: أَخْبِرْنِي بِشَيْءٍ سَمِعْتَهُ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا قَضَى الصَّلَاةَ، قَالَ: «لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ، لَهُ الْمُلْكُ وَلَهُ الْحَمْدُ وَهُوَ عَلَى كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ، اللَّهُمَّ لَا مَانِعَ لِمَا أَعْطَيْتَ، وَلَا مُعْطِيَ لِمَا مَنَعْتَ، وَلَا يَنْفَعُ ذَا الْجَدِّ مِنْكَ الْجَدُّ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1342

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1342

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1343

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1343. It was narrated that Warrâd said: “Al-Mughîrah bin Shu'bah wrote to Mu'âwiyah (saying) that the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say following every prayer, after the Taslîm: ‘Lâ ilâha illallâh wahdahu lâ sharîka lah, lahul-mulk wa lahul-ḥamd wa huwa 'ala kulli shay'in qadîr. Allâhumma lâ mânî' limâ a'taita wa lâ mu'tîa limâ mana'ta wa lâ yanfa'u dhâl-jaddi minka al-jadd’ (There is none worthy of worship except Allâh alone with no partner or associate. His is the Dominion and to Him be all praise, and He is able to do all things. O Allâh, none can withhold what You have given and none can give what You have withheld, and no wealth or fortune can benefit anyone for from You comes all wealth and fortune).” (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1342 - أَخْبَرَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ قُدَامَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ الْمُسَيَّبِ أَبِي الْعَلَاءِ، عَنْ وَرَّادٍ، قَالَ: كَتَبَ الْمُغِيرَةُ بْنُ شُعْبَةَ إِلَى مُعَاوِيَةَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُ دُبُرَ الصَّلَاةِ إِذَا سَلَّمَ: «لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ، لَهُ الْمُلْكُ وَلَهُ الْحَمْدُ وَهُوَ عَلَى كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ، اللَّهُمَّ لَا مَانِعَ لِمَا أَعْطَيْتَ، وَلَا مُعْطِيَ لِمَا مَنَعْتَ، وَلَا يَنْفَعُ ذَا الْجَدِّ مِنْكَ الْجَدُّ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1343

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1343

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 86

How Many Times Is That To Be Said?

Hadith 1344

DarussalamDa'îfAl-Albaniشاذ بزيادة الثلاث، الضعيفة (٥٥٩٨)Al-AlbaniShadh
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1344. It was narrated from Warrâd that Mu'âwiyyah wrote to Al-Mughîrah asking him to write him a Hadîth that he had heard from the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ. Al-Mughîrah wrote to him (saying): "I heard him say, when he finished the prayer: 'Lâ ilâha illallâh wahdahu lâ sharîka lah, lahul-mulk wa lahul-hamd wa huwa 'ala kulli shay'in qadîr' (There is none worthy of worship except Allâh alone with no partner or associate. His is the Dominion and to Him be all praise, and He is able to do all things)' three times." (Da'îf)

Arabic text

1343 - أَخْبَرَنَا الْحَسَنُ بْنُ إِسْمَعِيلَ الْمُجَالِدِيُّ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا الْمُغِيرَةُ، وَذَكَرَ آخَرَ، ح وَأَنْبَأَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا غَيْرُ وَاحِدٍ، مِنْهُمُ الْمُغِيرَةُ، عَنْ الشَّعْبِيِّ، عَنْ وَرَّادٍ، كَاتِب الْمُغِيرَةِ، أَنَّ مُعَاوِيَةَ، كَتَبَ إِلَى الْمُغِيرَةِ، أَنِ اكْتُبْ إِلَيَّ بِحَدِيثٍ سَمِعْتَهُ مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَكَتَبَ إِلَيْهِ الْمُغِيرَةُ: إِنِّي سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ عِنْدَ انْصِرَافِهِ مِنَ الصَّلَاةِ: «لَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُ، لَهُ الْمُلْكُ وَلَهُ الْحَمْدُ وَهُوَ عَلَى كُلِّ شَيْءٍ قَدِيرٌ»، ثَلَاثَ مَرَّاتٍ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1344

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1344

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 87

Another Kind Of Remembrance After The Taslîm

Hadith 1345

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1345. It was narrated from 'Aîshah that when the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ sat in a gathering or prayed, he said some words, and 'Aîshah asked him about those words. He said: "If he has spoken some good words (and he says this statement of remembrance), it will be a seal for them to preserve them until the Day of Resurrection, and if he has said something other than that, it (these words) will be an expiation for him: 'Subhânak Allâhumma wa bi hamdika, astaghfiruka wa atûbu ilayk (Glory and praise be to You, O Allâh, I seek Your forgiveness and I repent to You).” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1344 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْحَقَ الصَّاغَانِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو سَلَمَةَ الْخُزَاعِيُّ مَنْصُورُ بْنُ سَلَمَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا خَلَّادُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ أَبُو سَلَمَةَ وَكَانَ مِنَ الْخَائِفِينَ، عَنْ خَالِدِ بْنِ أَبِي عِمْرَانَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا جَلَسَ مَجْلِسًا أَوْ صَلَّى تَكَلَّمَ بِكَلِمَاتٍ، فَسَأَلَتْهُ عَائِشَةُ عَنِ الْكَلِمَاتِ، فَقَالَ: «إِنْ تَكَلَّمَ بِخَيْرٍ كَانَ طَابِعًا عَلَيْهِنَّ إِلَى يَوْمِ الْقِيَامَةِ، وَإِنْ تَكَلَّمَ بِغَيْرِ ذَلِكَ كَانَ كَفَّارَةً لَهُ سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ وَبِحَمْدِكَ، أَسْتَغْفِرُكَ وَأَتُوبُ إِلَيْكَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1345

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1345

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 88

Another Kind Of Remembrance And Supplication After The Taslîm

Hadith 1346

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1346. ‘Aishah said: “A Jewish woman entered unto me and said: ‘The torment of the grave is because of urine.’ I said: ‘You are lying.’ She said: ‘No, it is true; we cut our skin and clothes because of it.’ The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ went out to pray and our voices became loud. He said: ‘What is this?’ So I told him what she had said. He said: ‘She spoke the truth.’ After that day he never offered any prayer but he said, following the prayer: Rabba Jibrîl wa Mîkâ’il wa Isrâfil, a’idhnî min harrin-nâr wa ‘adhâbil-qabr (Lord of Jibrîl, Mîkâ’il and Isrâfil, grant me refuge from the heat of the Fire and the torment of the grave).” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1345 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَعْلَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا قُدَامَةُ، عَنْ جَسْرَةَ، قَالَتْ: حَدَّثَتْنِي عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: دَخَلَتْ عَلَيَّ امْرَأَةٌ مِنَ الْيَهُودِ، فَقَالَتْ: إِنَّ عَذَابَ الْقَبْرِ مِنَ الْبَوْلِ، فَقُلْتُ: كَذَبْتِ، فَقَالَتْ: بَلَى، إِنَّا لَنَقْرِضُ مِنْهُ الْجِلْدَ وَالثَّوْبَ، فَخَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى الصَّلَاةِ وَقَدِ ارْتَفَعَتْ أَصْوَاتُنَا، فَقَالَ: «مَا هَذَا؟» فَأَخْبَرْتُهُ بِمَا قَالَتْ، فَقَالَ: «صَدَقَتْ»، فَمَا صَلَّى بَعْدَ يَوْمِئِذٍ صَلَاةً إِلَّا قَالَ فِي دُبُرِ الصَّلَاةِ: «رَبَّ جِبْرِيلَ وَمِيكَائِيلَ وَإِسْرَافِيلَ أَعِذْنِي مِنْ حَرِّ النَّارِ، وَعَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1346

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1346

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 89

Another Kind Of Supplication After Finishing The Prayer

Hadith 1347

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniDa‘if chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1347. It was narrated from 'Aṭā' bin Abī Marwān, from his father, that Ka'b swore to him: "By Allāh Who parted the sea for Mūsā, we find in the Tawrah that when Dāwūd, the Prophet of Allāh, finished his prayer, he would say: 'Allāhumma Aṣliḥ lī dīniya-lladhī ja'altahu lī 'ismatan wa aṣliḥ lī dunyāya-llatī ja'alta fīhā ma'āshī, Allāhumma innī a'ūdhu bīrīdāka min sakhaṭika wa a'ūdhu bi'afwika min naqmatika wa a'ūdhu bika minka, lā mānī'a limā a'taita wa lā mu'tiya limā man'ata wa lā yanfa'u dhal-jaddi minkal-jadd.. (O Allāh, set straight my religious commitment that You have made a protection for me, and set straight my worldly affairs which You have made a means of my livelihood. O Allāh, I seek refuge in Your pleasure from Your wrath, and I seek refuge in Your forgiveness from Your punishment, and I seek refuge in You from You. None can withhold what You have given and none can give what You have withheld, and no wealth or fortune can avail the man of wealth and fortune before You.)" He said: "And Ka'b told me that Ṣuhaib told him that Muḥammad ﷺ used to say (these words) when he had finished praying." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1346 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ سَوَّادِ بْنِ الْأَسْوَدِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي حَفْصُ بْنُ مَيْسَرَةَ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ أَبِي مَرْوَانَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ كَعْبًا حَلَفَ لَهُ بِاللَّهِ الَّذِي فَلَقَ الْبَحْرَ لِمُوسَى إِنَّا لَنَجِدُ فِي التَّوْرَاةِ: أَنَّ دَاوُدَ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ إِذَا انْصَرَفَ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ أَصْلِحْ لِي دِينِي الَّذِي جَعَلْتَهُ لِي عِصْمَةً، وَأَصْلِحْ لِي دُنْيَايَ الَّتِي جَعَلْتَ فِيهَا مَعَاشِي، اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِرِضَاكَ مِنْ سَخَطِكَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِعَفْوِكَ مِنْ نِقْمَتِكَ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْكَ، لَا مَانِعَ لِمَا أَعْطَيْتَ، وَلَا مُعْطِيَ لِمَا مَنَعْتَ، وَلَا يَنْفَعُ ذَا الْجَدِّ مِنْكَ الْجَدُّ»، قَالَ: وَحَدَّثَنِي كَعْبٌ، أَنَّ صُهَيْبًا حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُهُنَّ عِنْدَ انْصِرَافِهِ مِنْ صَلَاتِهِ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1347

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1347

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 90

Seeking Refuge With Allâh Following Every Prayer

Hadith 1348

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1348. It was narrated that Muslim bin Abî Bakrah said: "My father used to say following every prayer: 'Allâhumma innî a'ûduhu bika min al-kufri wal-faqrî wa 'adhâbil-qabr.' (O Allâh, I seek refuge with You from Kufr, poverty and the torment of the grave)" and I used to say them (these words). My father said: 'O my son, from whom did you learn this?' I said: 'From you.' He said: 'The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ used to say them following the prayer.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1347 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُثْمَانَ الشَّحَّامِ، عَنْ مُسْلِمِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، قَالَ: كَانَ أَبِي يَقُولُ فِي دُبُرِ الصَّلَاةِ: «اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ الْكُفْرِ وَالْفَقْرِ، وَعَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ»، فَكُنْتُ أَقُولُهُنَّ، فَقَالَ أَبِي: أَيْ بُنَيَّ، عَمَّنْ أَخَذْتَ هَذَا؟ قُلْتُ عَنْكَ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَقُولُهُنَّ فِي دُبُرِ الصَّلَاةِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1348

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1348

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 91

The Number Of Tasbihs After The Taslim

Hadith 1349

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1349. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin 'Umar said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'There are two qualities which no Muslim person attains but he will enter Paradise, and they are easy, but those who do them are few.' The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: 'The five daily prayers: After each prayer one of you glorifies Allâh ten times and praises Him ten times and magnifies Him ten times, which makes one hundred and fifty on the tongue and one thousand and five hundred in the balance.’ And I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ counting them on his hand. ‘And when one of you retires to his bed he says the Tasbîh[1] thirty-three times and the Tahmîd[2] thirty-three times and the Takbîr thirty-four times, that is one hundred on the tongue and one thousand in the Balance.’ The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: “Which of you can do two thousand and five hundred good deeds in a day and a night?” It was said: “O Messenger of Allâh, how can a person not persist in doing that?” He said: “The Shaitân comes to one of you when he is praying and says, ‘Remember such and such, remember such and such,’ or he comes to him when he is in his bed and makes him fall asleep.” (Hasan)

Arabic text

1348 - أَخْبَرَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ حَبِيبِ بْنِ عَرَبِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «خَلَّتَانِ لَا يُحْصِيهِمَا رَجُلٌ مُسْلِمٌ إِلَّا دَخَلَ الْجَنَّةَ، وَهُمَا يَسِيرٌ، وَمَنْ يَعْمَلُ بِهِمَا قَلِيلٌ» قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «الصَّلَوَاتُ الْخَمْسُ، يُسَبِّحُ أَحَدُكُمْ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ عَشْرًا، وَيَحْمَدُ عَشْرًا، وَيُكَبِّرُ عَشْرًا، فَهِيَ خَمْسُونَ وَمِائَةٌ فِي اللِّسَانِ، وَأَلْفٌ وَخَمْسُ مِائَةٍ فِي الْمِيزَانِ»، وَأَنَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَعْقِدُهُنَّ بِيَدِهِ، «وَإِذَا أَوَى أَحَدُكُمْ إِلَى فِرَاشِهِ أَوْ مَضْجَعِهِ سَبَّحَ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَحَمِدَ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَكَبَّرَ أَرْبَعًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، فَهِيَ مِائَةٌ عَلَى اللِّسَانِ، وَأَلْفٌ فِي الْمِيزَانِ»، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «فَأَيُّكُمْ يَعْمَلُ فِي كُلِّ يَوْمٍ وَلَيْلَةٍ أَلْفَيْنِ وَخَمْسَ مِائَةِ سَيِّئَةٍ؟» قِيلَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، وَكَيْفَ لَا نُحْصِيهِمَا؟ فَقَالَ: " إِنَّ الشَّيْطَانَ يَأْتِي أَحَدَكُمْ وَهُوَ فِي صَلَاتِهِ، فَيَقُولُ: اذْكُرْ كَذَا، اذْكُرْ كَذَا، وَيَأْتِيهِ عِنْدَ مَنَامِهِ فَيُنِيمُهُ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1349

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1349

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 92

Another NumberOf Times To Recite The Tasbih

Hadith 1350

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1350. It was narrated that Ka'b bin 'Ujrah said: "The Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "There are statements of remembrance following the prayer of which the one who says them will never be deprived of the reward: Glorifying Allâh thirty-three times following each prayer, and praising Him thirty-three times, and magnifying Him thirty-four times." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1349 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ إِسْمَعِيلَ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، عَنْ أَسْبَاطٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ قَيْسٍ، عَنْ الْحَكَمِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ كَعْبِ بْنِ عُجْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " مُعَقِّبَاتٌ لَا يَخِيبُ قَائِلُهُنَّ: يُسَبِّحُ اللَّهَ فِي دُبُرِ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَيَحْمَدُهُ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَيُكَبِّرُهُ أَرْبَعًا وَثَلَاثِينَ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1350

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1350

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 93

Another NumberFor The Tasbih

Hadith 1351

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1351. It was narrated that Zaid bin Thâbit said: "They were commanded to say the Tasbih thirty-three times following the prayer, and to say the Tahmîd thirty-three times, and to say the Takbîr thirty-four times, then a man from among the Anshâr was told in a dream: 'Did the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ command you to say the Tasbih thirty-three times following the prayer, and to say the Tahmîd thirty-three times, and to say the Takbîr[1] thirty-four times? He said: 'Yes.' Instead of that, say each one twenty-five times, and include the Tahlîl[2] among them.' The next morning he came to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and told him about that, and he said: 'Do that.'" (Hasan)

Arabic text

1350 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ حِزَامٍ التِّرْمِذِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، عَنْ ابْنِ إِدْرِيسَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ حَسَّانَ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، عَنْ كَثِيرِ ابْنِ أَفْلَحَ، عَنْ زَيْدِ بْنِ ثَابِتٍ، قَالَ: أُمِرُوا أَنْ يُسَبِّحُوا دُبُرَ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَيَحْمَدُوا ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَيُكَبِّرُوا أَرْبَعًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، فَأُتِيَ رَجُلٌ مِنَ الْأَنْصَارِ فِي مَنَامِهِ، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: أَمَرَكُمْ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ تُسَبِّحُوا دُبُرَ كُلِّ صَلَاةٍ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَتَحْمَدُوا ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَتُكَبِّرُوا أَرْبَعًا وَثَلَاثِينَ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: فَاجْعَلُوهَا خَمْسًا وَعِشْرِينَ، وَاجْعَلُوا فِيهَا التَّهْلِيلَ، فَلَمَّا أَصْبَحَ أَتَى النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ لَهُ، فَقَالَ: «اجْعَلُوهَا كَذَلِكَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1351

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1351

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1352

DarussalamHasanAl-AlbaniHasan sahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1352. It was narrated from Ibn 'Umar that a man saw in a dream that it was said to him: "What does your Prophet ﷺ command you to do?" He said: "He commanded us to say Tasbîh thirty-three times following the prayer, and to say the Tahmîd thirty-three times, and to say the Takbîr thirty-four times, and that makes one hundred." He said: "Say the Tasbîh twenty-five times and say the Tahmîd twenty-five times and say the Takbîr twenty-five times, and say the Tahlîl twenty-five times, and that will make one hundred." The following morning he told the Prophet ﷺ about that, and the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ said: "Do what the Anshârî said." (Hasan)

Arabic text

1351 - أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْكَرِيمِ أَبُو زُرْعَةَ الرَّازِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ يُونُسَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَلِيُّ بْنُ الْفُضَيْلِ بْنِ عِيَاضٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الْعَزِيزِ بْنِ أَبِي رَوَّادٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، أَنَّ رَجُلًا رَأَى فِيمَا يَرَى النَّائِمُ، قِيلَ لَهُ: بِأَيِّ شَيْءٍ أَمَرَكُمْ نَبِيُّكُمْ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَ: أَمَرَنَا أَنْ نُسَبِّحَ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَنَحْمَدَ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَنُكَبِّرَ أَرْبَعًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، فَتِلْكَ مِائَةٌ، قَالَ: سَبِّحُوا خَمْسًا وَعِشْرِينَ، وَاحْمَدُوا خَمْسًا وَعِشْرِينَ، وَكَبِّرُوا خَمْسًا وَعِشْرِينَ، وَهَلِّلُوا خَمْسًا وَعِشْرِينَ، فَتِلْكَ مِائَةٌ، فَلَمَّا أَصْبَحَ ذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «افْعَلُوا كَمَا قَالَ الْأَنْصَارِيُّ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Takbîr: magnifying Allâh by saying "Allahu Akbar (Allâh is Greatest)"

2 [2] Tahlîl: saying Lâ ilâha illallâh (there is none worthy of worship except Allâh)

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1352

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1352

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 94

Another Number For The Tasbîh

Hadith 1353

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1353. It was narrated that Juwayriyah bint Al-Hârith said that the Prophet ﷺ passed by her while she was in the Masjid, supplicating, then he passed by her again when it was almost midday. He said to her: "Are you still here?" She said: "Yes." He said: "Shall I not teach you some words which you can say? 'Subhân Allâh 'adada khalqihî, subhân Allâh 'adada khalqihî, subhân Allâh 'adada khalqihî; subhân Allâh ridâ nafsihî, subhân Allâh ridâ nafsihî, subhân Allâh ridâ nafsihî; Subhân Allâh zinata 'arshihî, Subhân Allâh zinata 'arshihî; Subhân Allâh midâda kalamâtihi, Subhân Allâh midâda kalamâtihi, Subhân Allâh midâda kalamâtihi (Glory be to Allâh the number of His creation, glory be to Allâh the number of His creation, glory be to Allâh the number of His creation: glory be to Allâh as much as pleases Him, glory be to Allâh as much as pleases Him, glory be to Allâh as much as pleases Him; glory be to Allâh the weight of His throne, glory be to Allâh the weight of His throne, glory be to Allâh the weight of His throne; glory be to Allâh the number of His words, glory be to Allâh the number of His words, glory be to Allâh the number of His words, glory be to Allâh the number of His words).” (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1352 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، مَوْلَى آلِ طَلْحَةَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ كُرَيْبًا، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ جُوَيْرِيَةَ بِنْتِ الْحَارِثِ، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّ عَلَيْهَا وَهِيَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ تَدْعُو، ثُمَّ مَرَّ بِهَا قَرِيبًا مِنْ نِصْفِ النَّهَارِ، فَقَالَ لَهَا: «مَا زِلْتِ عَلَى حَالِكِ؟» قَالَتْ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: " أَلَا أُعَلِّمُكِ ـ يَعْنِي ـ كَلِمَاتٍ تَقُولِينَهُنَّ: سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ عَدَدَ خَلْقِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ عَدَدَ خَلْقِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ عَدَدَ خَلْقِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ رِضَا نَفْسِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ رِضَا نَفْسِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ رِضَا نَفْسِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ زِنَةَ عَرْشِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ زِنَةَ عَرْشِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ زِنَةَ عَرْشِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ مِدَادَ كَلِمَاتِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ مِدَادَ كَلِمَاتِهِ، سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ مِدَادَ كَلِمَاتِهِ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1353

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1353

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 95

Another Kind

Hadith 1354

DarussalamDa’ifAl-AlbaniMunkar
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1354. It was narrated that Ibn ‘Abbâs said: “Some poor people came to the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ and said: ‘O Messenger of Allâh, the rich pray as we pray, and they fast as we fast, but they have wealth that they give in charity and with which they free slaves.’ The Prophet ﷺ said: ‘If you pray and say Subhân-Allâh thirty-three times, Al-hamdu lillâh thirty-three times and Allâh Abkar thirty-four times, and Lâ ilâha illallâh ten times, they you will catch up with those who went ahead of you, and will go ahead of those who come after you.” (Da’if)

Arabic text

1353 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَتَّابٌ هُوَ ابْنُ بَشِيرٍ، عَنْ خُصَيْفٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، وَمُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: جَاءَ الْفُقَرَاءُ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّ الْأَغْنِيَاءَ يُصَلُّونَ كَمَا نُصَلِّي، وَيَصُومُونَ كَمَا نَصُومُ، وَلَهُمْ أَمْوَالٌ يَتَصَدَّقُونَ وَيُنْفِقُونَ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: " إِذَا صَلَّيْتُمْ فَقُولُوا: سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَاللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ ثَلَاثًا وَثَلَاثِينَ، وَلَا إِلَهَ إِلَّا اللَّهُ عَشْرًا، فَإِنَّكُمْ تُدْرِكُونَ بِذَلِكَ مَنْ سَبَقَكُمْ، وَتَسْبِقُونَ مَنْ بَعْدَكُمْ "

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1354

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1354

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 96

Another Kind

Hadith 1355

DarussalamDa'ifAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1355. It was narrated that Abû Hurairah said: “The Messenger of Allâh ﷻ said: 'Whoever says the Tasbîh one hundred times following the morning prayer, and the Tahlîl one hundred times, he will be forgiven his sins even if they are like the foam of the sea.'" (Da'if)

Arabic text

1354 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ حَفْصِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ النَّيْسَابُورِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبِي، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي إِبْرَاهِيمُ يَعْنِي ابْنَ طَهْمَانَ، عَنْ الْحَجَّاجِ بْنِ الْحَجَّاجِ، عَنْ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ أَبِي عَلْقَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ سَبَّحَ فِي دُبُرِ صَلَاةِ الْغَدَاةِ مِائَةَ تَسْبِيحَةٍ، وَهَلَّلَ مِائَةَ تَهْلِيلَةٍ، غُفِرَتْ لَهُ ذُنُوبُهُ، وَلَوْ كَانَتْ مِثْلَ زَبَدِ الْبَحْرِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1355

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1355

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 97

Counting The Tasbîh On One's Fingers

Hadith 1356

DarussalamSahihAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1356. It was narrated that 'Abdullâh bin 'Amr said: "I saw the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ counting Tasbîh on his fingers." (Sahih)

Arabic text

1355 - أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى الصَّنْعَانِيُّ، وَالْحُسَيْنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الذَّارِعُ، وَاللَّفْظُ لَهُ، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا عَثَّامُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ عَطَاءِ بْنِ السَّائِبِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَعْقِدُ التَّسْبِيحَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1356

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1356

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 98

Not Wiping One's Forehead After Saying The Taslîm

Hadith 1357

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1357. It was narrated that Abû : Sa'eed Al-Khudrī said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to observe I'tikāf during the middle ten days of the month, and after the twentieth (day of the month), he would come out on the twenty-first and go back to his home, and those who were observing I'tikāf with him would go back like him. Then he stayed one month on the night when he used to go back home, and he addressed the people and enjoined upon them whatever Allāh willed. Then he said: 'I used to observe I'tikāf during these ten days, then I decided to spend the last ten days in I'tikāf. So whoever was observing I'tikāf with me, let him stay in his place of I'tikāf, for I was shown this night (Lailatul Qadr), then I was caused to forget it, so seek it during the last ten nights on the odd-numbered nights. And I saw myself prostrating in water and mud.'" Abū Sa'eed said: "It rained on the night of the twenty-first, and the roof of the Masjid leaked over the place where the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ used to pray. I looked at him when he had finished praying Subh and his face was wet with water and mud." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1356 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بَكْرٌ وَهُوَ ابْنُ مُضَرَ، عَنْ ابْنِ الْهَادِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الْخُدْرِيِّ، قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُجَاوِرُ فِي الْعَشْرِ الَّذِي فِي وَسَطِ الشَّهْرِ، فَإِذَا كَانَ مِنْ حِينِ يَمْضِي عِشْرُونَ لَيْلَةً وَيَسْتَقْبِلُ إِحْدَى وَعِشْرِينَ يَرْجِعُ إِلَى مَسْكَنِهِ، وَيَرْجِعُ مَنْ كَانَ يُجَاوِرُ مَعَهُ، ثُمَّ إِنَّهُ أَقَامَ فِي شَهْرٍ جَاوَرَ فِيهِ تِلْكَ اللَّيْلَةَ الَّتِي كَانَ يَرْجِعُ فِيهَا، فَخَطَبَ النَّاسَ، فَأَمَرَهُمْ بِمَا شَاءَ اللَّهُ ثُمَّ قَالَ: «إِنِّي كُنْتُ أُجَاوِرُ هَذِهِ الْعَشْرَ، ثُمَّ بَدَا لِي أَنْ أُجَاوِرَ هَذِهِ الْعَشْرَ الْأَوَاخِرَ، فَمَنْ كَانَ اعْتَكَفَ مَعِي، فَلْيَثْبُتْ فِي مُعْتَكَفِهِ، وَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ هَذِهِ اللَّيْلَةَ فَأُنْسِيتُهَا، فَالْتَمِسُوهَا فِي الْعَشْرِ الْأَوَاخِرِ فِي كُلِّ وَتْرٍ، وَقَدْ رَأَيْتُنِي أَسْجُدُ فِي مَاءٍ وَطِينٍ»، قَالَ أَبُو سَعِيدٍ: مُطِرْنَا لَيْلَةَ إِحْدَى وَعِشْرِينَ، فَوَكَفَ الْمَسْجِدُ فِي مُصَلَّى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَنَظَرْتُ إِلَيْهِ وَقَدِ انْصَرَفَ مِنْ صَلَاةِ الصُّبْحِ، وَوَجْهُهُ مُبْتَلٌّ طِينًا وَمَاءً

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1357

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1357

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 99

The Imâm Sitting In The Place Where He Prayed After The Taslîm

Hadith 1358

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1358. It was narrated that Jâbir bin Samurah said: "When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ prayed Fajr, he would sit in the place where he had prayed until the sun rose." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1357 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الْأَحْوَصِ، عَنْ سِمَاكٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا صَلَّى الْفَجْرَ قَعَدَ فِي مُصَلَّاهُ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1358

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1358

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1359

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1359. It was narrated that Simâk bin Harb said: "I said to Jâbir bin Samurah: 'Did you use to sit with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ?' He said: 'Yes. When the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ had prayed Fajr, he would sit in the place where he had prayed until the sun rose, and his Companions would talk and remember things from the time of Jâhilyyah and recite poetry, and they would laugh and he would smile.'" (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1358 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ آدَمَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، وَذَكَرَ آخَرَ، عَنْ سِمَاكِ بْنِ حَرْبٍ، قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِجَابِرِ بْنِ سَمُرَةَ: كُنْتَ تُجَالِسُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا صَلَّى الْفَجْرَ جَلَسَ فِي مُصَلَّاهُ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ، فَيَتَحَدَّثُ أَصْحَابُهُ يَذْكُرُونَ حَدِيثَ الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ، وَيُنْشِدُونَ الشِّعْرَ وَيَضْحَكُونَ، وَيَتَبَسَّمُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1359

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1359

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 100

Leaving After Finishing Prayer

Hadith 1360

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1360. It was narrated that As-Suddī said: "I asked Anas bin Mālik: 'How should I leave after I have prayed - to the right or to the left?' He said: 'I usually saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ leave to the right.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1359 - أَخْبَرَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ السُّدِّيِّ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ، كَيْفَ أَنْصَرِفُ إِذَا صَلَّيْتُ عَنْ يَمِينِي، أَوْ عَنْ يَسَارِي؟ قَالَ: «أَمَّا أَنَا فَأَكْثَرُ مَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَنْصَرِفُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1360

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1360

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1361

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1361. It was narrated that Al-Aswad said: "Abdullāh said: 'No one among you should allow the Shaitān to give him wrong ideas by making him believe that he can only leave after praying by moving to his right, because I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ usually departing to the left.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1360 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو حَفْصٍ عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الْأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ، عَنْ الْأَسْوَدِ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: لَا يَجْعَلَنَّ أَحَدُكُمْ لِلشَّيْطَانِ مِنْ نَفْسِهِ جُزْءًا، يَرَى أَنَّ حَتْمًا عَلَيْهِ أَنْ لَا يَنْصَرِفَ إِلَّا عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، لَقَدْ «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَكْثَرَ انْصِرَافِهِ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1361

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1361

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1362

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih chain
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1362. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "I saw the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ drink standing and sitting, and he prayed barefoot and with sandals, and he left (after prayer) to the right and to the left.'" (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1361 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْحَقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا بَقِيَّةُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا الزُّبَيْدِيُّ، أَنَّ مَكْحُولًا حَدَّثَهُ، أَنَّ مَسْرُوقَ بْنَ الْأَجْدَعِ حَدَّثَهُ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَشْرَبُ قَائِمًا وَقَاعِدًا، وَيُصَلِّي حَافِيًا وَمُنْتَعِلًا، وَيَنْصَرِفُ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ وَعَنْ شِمَالِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1362

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1362

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 101

The Time When Women Should Depart After Praying

Hadith 1363

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1363. It was narrated that 'Aishah said: "Women used to pray Fajr with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ, and when he said the Taslīm they would leave, wrapped in their Mirṭs,[1] unrecognizable because of the darkness." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1362 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ خَشْرَمٍ، قَالَ: أَنْبَأَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ، عَنْ الْأَوْزَاعِيِّ، عَنْ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ، قَالَتْ: «كَانَ النِّسَاءُ يُصَلِّينَ مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْفَجْرَ، فَكَانَ إِذَا سَلَّمَ انْصَرَفْنَ مُتَلَفِّعَاتٍ بِمُرُوطِهِنَّ، فَلَا يُعْرَفْنَ مِنَ الْغَلَسِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1363

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1363

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 102

The Prohibition Of Leaving Before The Imām After The Prayer

Hadith 1364

DarussalamṢaḥīḥAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1364. It was narrated that Anas bin Mālik said: "The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ led us in prayer one day, then he turned to face us and said: 'I am your Imâm, so do not hasten to bow or prostrate or stand or leave before I do. I can see you in front of me and behind me.' Then he said: 'By the One in Whose hand is my soul, if you had seen what I have seen, you would laugh little and weep much.' We said: 'What have you seen, O Messenger of Allâh?' He said: 'Paradise and Hell.'" (Ṣaḥīḥ)

Arabic text

1363 - أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ حُجْرٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْهِرٍ، عَنْ الْمُخْتَارِ ابْنِ فُلْفُلٍ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ، قَالَ: صَلَّى بِنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ذَاتَ يَوْمٍ، ثُمَّ أَقْبَلَ عَلَيْنَا بِوَجْهِهِ فَقَالَ: «إِنِّي إِمَامُكُمْ، فَلَا تُبَادِرُونِي بِالرُّكُوعِ وَلَا بِالسُّجُودِ، وَلَا بِالْقِيَامِ وَلَا بِالِانْصِرَافِ، فَإِنِّي أَرَاكُمْ مِنْ أَمَامِي وَمِنْ خَلْفِي»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «وَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ، لَوْ رَأَيْتُمْ مَا رَأَيْتُ لَضَحِكْتُمْ قَلِيلًا وَلَبَكَيْتُمْ كَثِيرًا» قُلْنَا: مَا رَأَيْتَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ؟ قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ الْجَنَّةَ وَالنَّارَ»

Footnotes

1 [1] Mirṭ a cloaking garment, "Made of wool, sometimes of silk." An-Nihāyah

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1364

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1364

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 103

The Reward Of One Who Prays With The Imâm Until He Leaves

Hadith 1365

DarussalamSahîhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1365. It was narrated that Abû Dharr said: "We fasted Ramaḍān with the Messenger of Allâh ﷺ, and the Prophet ﷺ did not lead us in Qiyâm until there were seven days left of the month, then he led us in Qiyâm until one-third of the night had passed. Then, when there were six days left, he did not lead us in Qiyâm. When there were five days left, he led us in praying Qiyâm until half the night had passed. We said: 'O Messenger of Allāh, why don't you lead us in praying Qiyâm for the rest of the night?' He said: 'If a man prays with the Imâm until he leaves, that will be counted for him as if he spent the whole night in prayer.' Then, when there were four days left, he did not lead us in praying Qiyâm. When there were three days left he sent for his daughters and women, and gathered the people, and he led us in praying Qiyâm until we feared that we would miss Al-Falâh. Then he did not lead us in praying Qiyâm for the rest of the month." Dâwûd (one of the narrators) said: I said; "What is Al-Falâh?" He said: "Sahûr." (Sahîh)

Arabic text

1364 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرٌ وَهُوَ ابْنُ الْمُفَضَّلِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا دَاوُدُ بْنُ أَبِي هِنْدٍ، عَنْ الْوَلِيدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ نُفَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي ذَرٍّ، قَالَ: صُمْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَمَضَانَ فَلَمْ يَقُمْ بِنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى بَقِيَ سَبْعٌ مِنَ الشَّهْرِ، فَقَامَ بِنَا حَتَّى ذَهَبَ نَحْوٌ مِنْ ثُلُثِ اللَّيْلِ، ثُمَّ كَانَتْ سَادِسَةٌ فَلَمْ يَقُمْ بِنَا، فَلَمَّا كَانَتِ الْخَامِسَةُ قَامَ بِنَا حَتَّى ذَهَبَ نَحْوٌ مِنْ شَطْرِ اللَّيْلِ، قُلْنَا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، لَوْ نَفَلْتَنَا قِيَامَ هَذِهِ اللَّيْلَةِ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ الرَّجُلَ إِذَا صَلَّى مَعَ الْإِمَامِ حَتَّى يَنْصَرِفَ حُسِبَ لَهُ قِيَامُ لَيْلَةٍ»، قَالَ: ثُمَّ كَانَتِ الرَّابِعَةُ فَلَمْ يَقُمْ بِنَا، فَلَمَّا بَقِيَ ثُلُثٌ مِنَ الشَّهْرِ أَرْسَلَ إِلَى بَنَاتِهِ وَنِسَائِهِ، وَحَشَدَ النَّاسَ، فَقَامَ بِنَا حَتَّى خَشِينَا أَنْ يَفُوتَنَا الْفَلَاحُ، ثُمَّ لَمْ يَقُمْ بِنَا شَيْئًا مِنَ الشَّهْرِ، قَالَ دَاوُدُ: قُلْتُ: مَا الْفَلَاحُ؟ قَالَ: السُّحُورُ

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1365

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1365

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 104

ConcessionAllowing The Imâm To StepOver The Necks Of The People

Hadith 1366

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1366. It was narrated that 'Uqbah bin Al-Hârith said: "I prayed 'Asr with the Prophet ﷺ in Al-Madīnah, then he left, stepping over the necks of the people, so quickly that the people were surprised at his haste. He entered unto one of his wives, then he came out and said: 'While I was praying 'Asr, I remembered some gold that we had, and I did not want it to stay with us overnight, so I ordered that it be distributed.'"(Sahīh)

Arabic text

1365 - أَخْبَرَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ بَكَّارٍ الْحَرَّانِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنَا بِشْرُ بْنُ السَّرِيِّ، عَنْ عُمَرَ بْنِ سَعِيدِ بْنِ أَبِي حُسَيْنٍ النَّوْفَلِيِّ، عَنْ ابْنِ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنْ عُقْبَةَ بْنِ الْحَارِثِ، قَالَ: صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الْعَصْرَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ، ثُمَّ انْصَرَفَ يَتَخَطَّى رِقَابَ النَّاسِ سَرِيعًا حَتَّى تَعَجَّبَ النَّاسُ لِسُرْعَتِهِ، فَتَبِعَهُ بَعْضُ أَصْحَابِهِ، فَدَخَلَ عَلَى بَعْضِ أَزْوَاجِهِ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ، فَقَالَ: «إِنِّي ذَكَرْتُ وَأَنَا فِي الْعَصْرِ شَيْئًا مِنْ تِبْرٍ كَانَ عِنْدَنَا، فَكَرِهْتُ أَنْ يَبِيتَ عِنْدَنَا فَأَمَرْتُ بِقِسْمَتِهِ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1366

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1366

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 105

If It Is Said To A Man "Have You Prayed?" Should He Say "No"?

Hadith 1367

DarussalamSahīhAl-AlbaniSahih
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1367. It was narrated from Jābir bin 'Abdullāh that on the Day of Al-Khandaq, after the sun had set, 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb started cursing the disbelievers of the Quraish, and said: "O Messenger of Allāh, I was hardly able to pray until the sun set." The Messenger of Allāh ﷺ said: "By Allāh, I did not pray." So we went down with the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ to Buṭhān. He performed Wudū' for prayer and so did we, and he prayed 'Asr after the sun had set, then he prayed Maghrib after that." (Sahīh)

Arabic text

1366 - أَخْبَرَنَا إِسْمَعِيلُ بْنُ مَسْعُودٍ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الْأَعْلَى، قَالَا: حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ وَهُوَ ابْنُ الْحَارِثِ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ عُمَرَ بْنَ الْخَطَّابِ، يَوْمَ الْخَنْدَقِ بَعْدَ مَا غَرَبَتِ الشَّمْسُ جَعَلَ يَسُبُّ كُفَّارَ قُرَيْشٍ، وَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، مَا كِدْتُ أَنْ أُصَلِّيَ حَتَّى كَادَتِ الشَّمْسُ تَغْرُبُ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «فَوَاللَّهِ مَا صَلَّيْتُهَا»، فَنَزَلْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى بُطْحَانَ «فَتَوَضَّأَ لِلصَّلَاةِ وَتَوَضَّأْنَا لَهَا، فَصَلَّى الْعَصْرَ بَعْدَ مَا غَرَبَتِ الشَّمْسُ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى بَعْدَهَا الْمَغْرِبَ»

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1367

Report an issue

Sunan an-Nasai · Hadith 1367

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes